424A
The
information in this preliminary prospectus supplement is not
complete and may be changed. This preliminary prospectus
supplement is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to
buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
Filed
Pursuant to Rule 424(a)
Registration
Nos. 333-143992
333-106040
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
MAY 8, 2008
Prospectus Supplement
(To Prospectus dated July 13, 2007)
American International Group,
Inc.
Shares
of Common Stock
We are offering shares of our common stock, par value $2.50 per
share, or our Common Stock. Our Common Stock
is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
AIG. On May 7, 2008, the last reported sale
price of our Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange was
$45.08 per share.
We are also making a concurrent offering
of
units consisting of a contract to purchase shares of our Common
Stock and junior subordinated debentures, or the Equity
Units
(or
Equity Units if the underwriters exercise their overallotment
option in full) in a public offering. That offering is being
made by a separate prospectus supplement and is not part of the
offering to which this prospectus supplement relates. The Equity
Units offering and this offering are not contingent upon one
another.
Investing in our Common Stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors on
page S-7
of this prospectus supplement to read about factors you should
consider before buying our Common Stock. You should also
consider the risk factors described in Item 1A. Risk
Factors of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE
SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS
TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting fees
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to American International Group, Inc. (before expenses)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The underwriters expect to deliver our Common Stock in
book-entry form only, through the facilities of The Depository
Trust Company, against payment on May ,
2008.
The underwriters also may purchase up to an
additional shares
of our Common Stock within 30 days of the date of this
prospectus supplement to cover overallotments, if any.
Joint Bookrunning Managers
|
|
|
|
|
Credit
Suisse |
Deutsche
Bank Securities |
Lehman
Brothers |
Merrill
Lynch & Co. |
Wachovia
Securities |
May , 2008
Table of
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
Prospectus Supplement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
S-1
|
|
|
|
|
S-6
|
|
|
|
|
S-6
|
|
|
|
|
S-7
|
|
|
|
|
S-9
|
|
|
|
|
S-10
|
|
|
|
|
S-11
|
|
|
|
|
S-12
|
|
|
|
|
S-15
|
|
|
|
|
S-20
|
|
|
|
|
S-20
|
|
Prospectus
|
|
|
|
|
Prospectus Summary
|
|
|
1
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
5
|
|
Consolidated Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
|
|
|
5
|
|
Description of Debt Securities AIG May Offer
|
|
|
6
|
|
Description of Warrants AIG May Offer
|
|
|
17
|
|
Description of Purchase Contracts AIG May Offer
|
|
|
29
|
|
Description of Units AIG May Offer
|
|
|
34
|
|
Description of Preferred Stock AIG May Offer
|
|
|
39
|
|
Description of Common Stock AIG May Offer
|
|
|
47
|
|
Market Price and Dividend Information
|
|
|
49
|
|
Description of Junior Subordinated Debentures AIG May Offer
|
|
|
50
|
|
Description of AIG Guarantees
|
|
|
62
|
|
Description of Debt Securities AIGPF May Offer
|
|
|
63
|
|
Description of Warrants AIGPF May Offer
|
|
|
72
|
|
Description of Purchase Contracts AIGPF May Offer
|
|
|
84
|
|
Description of Units AIGPF May Offer
|
|
|
89
|
|
Risk Factors
|
|
|
94
|
|
Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance
|
|
|
99
|
|
Considerations Relating to Securities Issued in Bearer Form
|
|
|
104
|
|
Employee Retirement Income Security Act
|
|
|
108
|
|
Plan of Distribution
|
|
|
109
|
|
Market-Making Resales by Subsidiaries of AIG
|
|
|
109
|
|
Validity of the Securities and Guarantees
|
|
|
110
|
|
Experts
|
|
|
110
|
|
Where You Can Find More Information
|
|
|
111
|
|
Cautionary Statement Regarding Projections and Other Information
About Future Events
|
|
|
112
|
|
Unless otherwise indicated, you may rely only on the
information contained in this prospectus supplement, the
accompanying prospectus and documents incorporated by reference
therein. Neither we nor any underwriter has authorized anyone to
provide information different from that contained in this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. When you
make a decision about whether to invest in our Common Stock, you
should not rely upon any information other than the information
in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and
documents incorporated by reference therein. Neither the
delivery of this prospectus supplement nor sale of our Common
Stock means that information contained in this prospectus
supplement, the accompanying prospectus or documents
incorporated by reference therein is correct after their
respective dates. This prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus are not an offer to sell or solicitation
of an offer to buy shares of our Common Stock in any
circumstances under which the offer or solicitation is
unlawful.
ABOUT
THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
This document consists of two parts. The first part is the
prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of
this offering. The second part is the prospectus, which
describes more general information regarding AIGs
securities, some of which do not apply to this offering. You
should read both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus, together with additional information described under
the heading Where You Can Find More Information in
the accompanying prospectus.
Unless otherwise mentioned or unless the context requires
otherwise, all references in this prospectus supplement to
AIG, we,
us, our or similar
references mean American International Group, Inc. and its
subsidiaries.
If the information set forth in this prospectus supplement
differs in any way from the information set forth in the
accompanying prospectus, you should rely on the information set
forth in this prospectus supplement.
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING PROJECTIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT
FUTURE EVENTS
This prospectus supplement, the accompanying prospectus and the
documents incorporated by reference therein, may include, and
AIGs officers and representatives may from time to time
make, projections concerning financial information and
statements concerning future economic performance and events,
plans and objectives relating to management, operations,
products and services, and assumptions underlying these
projections and statements. These projections and statements are
not historical facts but instead represent only AIGs
belief regarding future events, many of which, by their nature,
are inherently uncertain and outside AIGs control. These
projections and statements may address, among other things: the
status and potential future outcome of the current regulatory
and civil proceedings against AIG and their potential effect on
AIGs businesses, financial condition, results of
operations, cash flows and liquidity, AIGs exposures to
subprime mortgages, monoline insurers and the residential real
estate market, and AIGs strategy for growth, product
development, market position, financial results and reserves. It
is possible that AIGs actual results and financial
condition may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated
results and financial condition indicated in these projections
and statements. Factors that could cause AIGs actual
results to differ, possibly materially, from those in the
specific projections and statements are discussed in
Item 1A. Risk Factors of AIGs Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007, and some additional
factors that could adversely affect an investment in our Common
Stock are discussed in the Risk Factors section of
this prospectus supplement. You should refer to our periodic and
current reports filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or the SEC, for specific risks
that could cause actual results to be significantly different
from those expressed or implied by these projections and
statements. See Where You Can Find More Information
in the accompanying prospectus. AIG is not under any obligation
(and expressly disclaims any such obligation) to update or alter
any projection or other statement, whether written or oral, that
may be made from time to time, whether as a result of new
information, future events or otherwise.
ii
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere, or
incorporated by reference, in this prospectus supplement. As a
result, it does not contain all of the information that may be
important to you or that you should consider before investing in
our Common Stock. You should read carefully this entire
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, including
the Risk Factors section of this prospectus
supplement and Item 1A. of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007, and the documents
incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and
the accompanying prospectus, which are described under
Where You Can Find More Information, in the
accompanying prospectus.
American
International Group, Inc.
AIG, a Delaware corporation, is a holding company that, through
its subsidiaries, is engaged in a broad range of insurance and
insurance-related activities in the United States and abroad.
AIGs principal executive offices are located at 70 Pine
Street, New York, New York 10270, and its main telephone number
is
(212) 770-7000.
The Internet address for AIGs corporate website is
www.aigcorporate.com. Except for the documents referred
to under Where You Can Find More Information in the
accompanying prospectus (which are specifically incorporated by
reference into this prospectus supplement), information
contained on AIGs website or that can be accessed through
its website does not constitute a part of this prospectus
supplement. AIG has included its website address only as an
inactive textual reference and does not intend it to be an
active link to its website.
Why We
Are Raising Capital
Concurrently with this offering of our Common Stock, we are
offering Equity
Units
(or
Equity Units if the underwriters exercise their overallotment
option in full) in a public offering for net proceeds of
approximately $ billion (or
approximately $ billion if
the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full),
which we refer to as the Units Offering and
which is described below under Concurrent Offering
and Description of the Equity Units. We also may
raise approximately $5 billion in the fixed income market
in the form of high equity content fixed income securities.
These offerings are designed to further strengthen our
significant financial resources. We believe that raising capital
will enhance our ability to grow while maintaining the financial
strength to withstand potential market volatility.
Risk
Factors and Other Information
An investment in our Common Stock involves certain risks. You
should carefully consider the risks described under Risk
Factors beginning on
page S-7
of this prospectus supplement and in Item 1A. Risk
Factors of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007, as well as other
information included or incorporated by reference into this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus before
making a decision to purchase our Common Stock.
Recent
Developments
On May 8, 2008 AIG announced its first quarter earnings and
provided an update of the outlook for its business.
General
Trends
In mid-2007, the U.S. residential mortgage market began to
experience serious disruption due to credit quality
deterioration in a significant portion of loans originated,
particularly to non-prime and subprime borrowers; evolving
changes in the regulatory environment; a slower residential
housing market; increased cost of borrowings for mortgage
participants; and illiquid credit markets. The conditions
continued and worsened throughout 2007 and the first quarter of
2008, expanding into the broader U.S. credit markets and
resulting in
S-1
greater volatility, less liquidity, widening of credit spreads,
a lack of price transparency and increased credit losses in
certain markets.
AIG participates in the U.S. residential mortgage market in
several ways: American General Finance, Inc. originates
principally first-lien mortgage loans and to a lesser extent
second-lien mortgage loans to buyers and owners of residential
housing; United Guaranty Corporation (UGC) provides first
loss mortgage guaranty insurance for high loan-to-value first-
and second-lien residential mortgages; AIG insurance and
financial services subsidiaries invest in mortgage-backed
securities and collateralized debt obligations (CDOs), in which
the underlying collateral is composed in whole or in part of
residential mortgage loans; and AIG Financial Products Corp. and
AIG Trading Group Inc. and their respective subsidiaries
(collectively, AIGFP) provides credit protection through credit
default swaps on certain super senior tranches of CDOs, a
significant majority of which have AAA underlying or subordinate
layers. AIG identifies its reportable segments by product line
consistent with its management structure. These segments are
General Insurance, Life Insurance & Retirement
Services, Financial Services and Asset Management (segments may
be identified as Domestic or Foreign).
Continuing disruption in the U.S. residential mortgage and other
credit markets may also increase claim activity in the financial
institution segment of AIGs directors and officers
liability (D&O) and professional liability classes of
business. However, based on its review of information currently
available, AIG believes overall loss activity for the broader
D&O and professional liability classes is likely to remain
within or near the levels observed during the last several
years, which include losses related to stock options backdating
as well as to the U.S. residential mortgage market.
The operating results of AIGs consumer finance and
mortgage guaranty operations in the United States have been and
are likely to continue to be adversely affected by the factors
referred to above. The downward cycle in the U.S. housing market
is not expected to improve until residential inventories return
to a more normal level and the mortgage credit market
stabilizes. The duration and severity of the downward cycle
could be further negatively affected in the event of an economic
recession. AIG expects that this downward cycle will continue to
adversely affect UGCs operating results for the
foreseeable future and will result in a significant operating
loss for UGC in 2008 and possibly beyond. AIG also incurred
substantial unrealized market valuation losses on AIGFPs
super senior credit default swap portfolio and substantial
other-than-temporary impairment charges on AIGs available
for sale securities in the first quarter of 2008 and fourth
quarter of 2007. The results from AIGs operations with
exposure to the U.S. residential mortgage market will be highly
dependent on future market conditions. Continuing market
deterioration will cause AIG to report additional unrealized
market valuation losses and impairment charges.
The ongoing effect of the downward cycle in the U.S. housing
market on AIGs consolidated financial condition could be
material if the market disruption continues to expand beyond the
residential mortgage markets, although AIG seeks to mitigate the
risks to its business by disciplined underwriting and active
risk management.
Credit ratings are important to AIGs business, results of
operations and liquidity. Downgrades in AIGs credit
ratings could increase AIGs borrowing costs and could
adversely affect its competitive position and liquidity. With
respect to AIGs liquidity, it is estimated that, as of the
close of business on April 30, 2008, based on AIGFPs
outstanding municipal guaranteed investment agreements (GIAs)
and financial derivative transactions at that date, a downgrade
of AIGs longer-term senior debt ratings to Aa3
by Moodys Investors Service (Moodys) or
AA by Standard & Poors, a division
of the McGraw-Hill Companies (S&P) would permit
counterparties to call for approximately $1.8 billion of
collateral, while a downgrade to A1 by Moodys
or A+ by S&P would permit counterparties to call for
approximately $9.8 billion of additional collateral.
Further downgrades could result in requirements for substantial
additional collateral, which could have a material adverse
effect on how AIGFP manages its liquidity. The actual amount of
collateral that AIGFP would be required to post to
counterparties in the event of such downgrades depends on market
conditions, the fair value of outstanding affected transactions
and other factors prevailing at the time of the downgrade.
Additional obligations to post collateral would increase the
demands on AIGFPs liquidity.
Globally, heightened regulatory scrutiny of financial services
companies in many jurisdictions has the potential to affect
future financial results through higher compliance costs. This
is particularly true in the
S-2
United States, where federal and state authorities have
commenced various investigations of the financial services
industry, and in Japan and Southeast Asia, where financial
institutions have received remediation orders affecting consumer
and policyholder rights.
General
Insurance
The commercial property and casualty insurance industry has
historically experienced cycles of price erosion followed by
rate strengthening as a result of catastrophes or other
significant losses that affect the overall capacity of the
industry to provide coverage. As premium rates decline, AIG will
generally experience higher current accident year loss ratios,
as the written premiums are earned, and higher expense ratios if
written premiums decline more quickly than expenses. Despite
industry price erosion in commercial lines, AIG expects to
continue to identify profitable opportunities and build
attractive new general insurance businesses as a result of
AIGs broad product line and extensive distribution
networks in the United States and abroad.
Workers compensation remains under considerable pricing
pressure, as statutory rates continue to decline. Rates for most
casualty lines of insurance continue to decline due to
competitive pressures, particularly for aviation, excess
casualty and D&O exposures. Rates for commercial property
lines are also declining following another year of relatively
low catastrophe losses. Further price erosion is expected during
the remainder of 2008 for the commercial lines; AIG seeks to
mitigate the decline by constantly seeking out profitable
opportunities across its diverse product lines and distribution
networks while maintaining a commitment to underwriting
discipline. There can be no assurance that price erosion will
not become more widespread or that AIGs profitability will
not deteriorate from current levels in major commercial lines.
The personal lines market has softened considerably and further
deterioration in underwriting results is expected to continue
through 2009. A generally weakening economy and increasing loss
trends are contributing factors. AIG is filing for rate
increases and tightening underwriting guidelines where necessary
in response to the changing market conditions.
Life
Insurance & Retirement Services
Disruption in the U.S. residential mortgage and credit markets
had a significant adverse effect on Life Insurance &
Retirement Services operating results, specifically its net
investment income and net realized capital losses in 2007 and
the first three months of 2008, and AIG expects that this
disruption will continue to be a key factor in the remainder of
2008 and beyond, especially in its U.S.-based operations. The
volatility in operating results will be further magnified by the
continuing market shift to variable products with living
benefits.
In response to the market disruption, AIG, including Domestic
Life and Domestic Retirement Services, has been increasing its
liquidity position and investing in shorter duration
investments. While prudent in the current environment, such
actions will reduce overall investment yields.
Recent capital markets volatility has put pressure on credit
lenders resulting in increased costs for premium financing,
which could affect future sales of products where such financing
is used, primarily in large universal life policies in Domestic
Life Insurance.
The U.S. dollar has significantly weakened against many
currencies, resulting in a favorable effect on operating results
due to the translation of foreign currencies to the U.S. dollar.
However, the weakened dollar has an unfavorable effect on
other-than-temporary impairments in Foreign Life Insurance
& Retirement Services and will continue to affect operating
results throughout 2008.
An additional capital contribution to operations in Taiwan is
planned for the second quarter of 2008 in order to meet the
needs of this growing business and increased risk-based capital
requirements. The amount of the additional capital contribution
is expected to be approximately $400 million.
S-3
Financial
Services
AIG exercises significant judgment in the valuation of its
various credit default swap portfolios. AIG uses pricing models
and other methodologies to value these portfolios that take into
account, where applicable, and to the extent possible,
third-party prices, pricing matrices, the movement of indices
(such as the CDX and iTraxx), collateral calls and other
observable market data. There is no uniform methodology used by
market participants in valuing these types of portfolios. AIG
believes that the assumptions and judgments it makes are
reasonable and lead to an overall methodology that is
reasonable, but other market participants may use other
methodologies, including, among other things, models, indices
and selection of third-party pricing sources, that are based
upon different assumptions and judgments, and these
methodologies may generate materially different values. AIG
regularly updates and analyzes the appropriateness of its
valuation methodologies. Updates to or changes in AIGs
methodologies or assumptions may materially change AIGs
estimates of the value of its credit default swap portfolios.
For additional information regarding AIGs methodology,
models and assumptions with respect to the valuation and
credit-based analyses of the AIGFP super senior credit default
swap portfolio, see Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.
The ongoing disruption in the U.S. residential mortgage and
credit markets and the downgrades of residential mortgage-backed
securities and CDO securities by rating agencies continue to
adversely affect the fair value of the super senior credit
default swap portfolio written by AIGFP. AIG expects that
continuing limitations on the availability of market observable
data will affect AIGs determinations of the fair value of
these derivatives, including by preventing AIG, for the
foreseeable future, from recognizing the beneficial effect of
the differential between credit spreads used to price a credit
default swap and spreads implied from prices of the CDO bonds
referenced by such swap. The fair value of these derivatives is
expected to continue to fluctuate, perhaps materially, in
response to changing market conditions, and AIGs estimates
of the value of AIGFPs super senior credit derivative
portfolio at future dates could therefore be materially
different from current estimates. Further declines in the fair
values of these derivatives may require AIGFP to post additional
collateral which may be material to AIGFPs financial
condition.
Under the terms of most of these credit derivatives, losses to
AIG would generally result from the credit impairment of the
referenced CDO bonds that AIG would acquire in satisfying its
swap obligations. Based upon its most current analyses, AIG
believes that any credit impairment losses which may emerge over
time at AIGFP will not be material to AIGs consolidated
financial condition, but could be material to the manner in
which AIG manages its liquidity. In making this assessment, AIG
uses a credit-based analysis to estimate potential realized
credit impairment losses from AIGFPs super senior credit
default swap portfolio. This analysis makes various assumptions
as to estimates of future stresses on the portfolio resulting
from further downgrades by the rating agencies of the CDO
collateral. In addition, during the first quarter of 2008, AIG
introduced another methodology called a roll rate analysis. This
methodology rolls forward current and estimated future
delinquencies and defaults in underlying mortgages in the CDO
collateral pools to estimate potential losses in the CDOs. Due
to the dislocation in the market for CDO collateral, AIG does
not use the market values of the underlying CDO collateral in
estimating its potential realized credit impairment losses. The
use of factors derived from market-observable prices in models
used to determine the estimates for future realized credit
impairment losses would result in materially higher estimates of
realized credit impairment losses. AIGs credit-based
analyses estimate potential realized credit impairment pre-tax
losses at approximately $1.2 billion to approximately
$2.4 billion. Other types of analyses or models could
result in materially different estimates. AIG is aware that
other market participants have used different assumptions and
methodologies to estimate the potential realized credit
impairment losses on AIGFPs super senior credit default
swap portfolio, resulting in a significantly higher estimate
than that resulting from AIGs credit-based analysis. For
example, a third-party analysis provided to AIG that AIG
understands uses credit and market value inputs estimates the
potential realized pre-tax losses on AIGFPs super senior
credit default swap portfolio at between approximately
$9 billion and approximately $11 billion. (AIG
expresses no view as to the reasonableness of this third-party
estimate and does not intend to seek an update of this
estimate.) There can
S-4
be no assurance that AIGs estimate will not change or that
the ultimate realized losses on AIGFPs super senior credit
default swap portfolio will not exceed any current estimates.
Approximately $335 billion of the $469 billion in
notional exposure on AIGFPs super senior credit default
swap portfolio as of March 31, 2008 was written to
facilitate regulatory capital relief for financial institutions
primarily in Europe. AIG expects that the majority of these
transactions will be terminated within the next 12 to
24 months by AIGFPs counterparties as they implement
models compliant with the new Basel II Accord. As of April 30,
2008, $55 billion in notional exposures have either been
terminated or are in the process of being terminated at the
request of counterparties. In its Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007, AIG had previously
reported that as of February 26, 2008, $54 billion in
notional exposures have either been terminated or are in the
process of being terminated. AIG has recently refined its
approach to estimating its net notional exposures on certain of
these transactions that have unique features. The notional
exposures on transactions terminated or that were in the process
of being terminated as of February 26, 2008 is
$46 billion under the refined method. AIGFP was not
required to make any payments as part of these terminations and
in certain cases was paid a fee upon termination.
In light of this experience to date and after other
comprehensive analyses, AIG determined that there was no
unrealized market valuation adjustment to be recognized for this
regulatory capital relief portfolio for the three months ended
March 31, 2008. AIG will continue to assess the valuation
of this portfolio and monitor developments in the marketplace.
Given the significant deterioration in the global credit markets
and the risk that AIGFPs expectations with respect to the
termination of these transactions by its counterparties may not
materialize, there can be no assurance that AIG will not
recognize unrealized market valuation losses from this portfolio
in future periods, and recognition of even a small percentage
decline in the fair value of this portfolio could be material to
an individual reporting period. These transactions contributed
approximately $89 million to AIGFPs revenues in the
three-months ended March 31, 2008. If AIGFP is not
successful in replacing the revenues generated by these
transactions, AIGFPs operating results could be materially
adversely affected.
Approximately $57 billion of the $469 billion in
notional exposure on AIGFPs super senior credit default
swaps as of March 31, 2008 was written on investment grade
corporate debt and CLOs. There is no uniform methodology to
estimate the fair value of corporate super senior credit default
swaps. AIG estimates the fair value of its corporate credit
default swap portfolio by reference to benchmark indices,
including the CDX and iTraxx, and third-party prices and
collateral calls. AIG believes that its methodology to value the
corporate credit default swap portfolio is reasonable, but other
market participants use other methodologies and these
methodologies may generate materially different fair value
estimates. No assurance can be given that the fair value of
AIGs corporate credit default swap portfolio would not
change materially if other market indices or pricing sources
were used to estimate the fair value of the portfolio.
For a description of important factors that may affect the
operations and initiatives described above, see our Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 and Item 1A. Risk
Factors in our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007.
S-5
SUMMARY
OF THE OFFERING
|
|
|
Common Stock we are offering: |
|
shares |
|
Overallotment option: |
|
shares |
|
Common Stock outstanding after this offering: |
|
shares(1)(2)
|
|
Use of proceeds after expenses: |
|
We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of
approximately $ billion (or
approximately $ billion if
the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full).
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general
corporate purposes. |
|
New York Stock Exchange, or
NYSE, Listing: |
|
AIG
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The number of shares of our Common
Stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering
is based on 2,492,061,043 shares of our Common Stock
outstanding as of April 30, 2008.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Unless otherwise indicated, the
number of shares of our Common Stock presented in this
prospectus supplement excludes shares issuable pursuant to the
exercise of the underwriters overallotment option, shares
we may be required to issue at a future date in connection with
the Units Offering (as defined below), and approximately
235 million shares of our Common Stock issuable under our
equity compensation plans as of April 30, 2008.
|
CONCURRENT
OFFERING
Concurrently with this offering of our Common Stock, we are
offering Equity
Units
(or
Equity Units if the underwriters exercise their overallotment
option in full) in a public offering for net proceeds of
approximately $ billion (or
approximately $ billion if
the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full).
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together
with the net proceeds from the concurrent Units Offering, for
general corporate purposes. The Units Offering will be effected
pursuant to a separate prospectus supplement. This prospectus
supplement shall not be deemed an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any of our Equity Units. There
is no assurance that the Units Offering will be completed or, if
completed, on what terms it may be completed. The Units Offering
and this offering are not contingent upon each other. For more
information on the Units Offering, see Description of
Equity Units.
We are also considering raising approximately $5 billion in
additional capital in the fixed income market in the form of
high equity content fixed income securities. If we issue one or
more series of these securities, it will be in a public or
private transaction pursuant to one or more separate offering
documents. Any such offering will not be part of this offering
or the Units Offering.
S-6
RISK
FACTORS
An investment in our Common Stock involves certain risks. You
should carefully consider the risks described below and in
Item 1A. Risk Factors of our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2007, as well as other
information included in the accompanying prospectus, or
incorporated by reference, before purchasing shares of our
Common Stock.
Our
holding company structure and certain regulatory and other
constraints could affect our ability to pay dividends and make
other payments.
As a holding company, we depend on dividends, distributions and
other payments from our subsidiaries to fund dividend payments
and to fund payments on our obligations, including debt
obligations. Regulatory and other legal restrictions may limit
our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our
subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including
our insurance subsidiaries, are subject to laws and regulations
that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of
funds to the parent holding company, or that prohibit such
transfers altogether in certain circumstances. Regulatory action
of that kind could impede access to funds we need to make
dividend payments or payments on our obligations.
We
have issued securities that contain provisions that could
restrict our payment of dividends.
We currently have outstanding an aggregate of approximately
$6 billion of our junior subordinated debentures, and may
in the future issue additional junior subordinated debentures or
similar securities, that in certain circumstances, including the
failure to pay current interest, limit our ability to pay
dividends on our Common Stock. While we currently do not
anticipate that any of these circumstances will occur, no
assurance can be given that these circumstances will not occur
in the future.
There
may be future sales or other dilution of our equity, which may
adversely affect the market price of our Common
Stock.
Except as described under Underwriting, we are not
restricted from issuing additional shares of our Common Stock,
including any securities that are convertible into or
exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our
Common Stock. The market price of our Common Stock could decline
as a result of sales of shares of our Common Stock or sales of
such other securities made after this offering or the perception
that such sales could occur.
We are making a concurrent offering (pursuant to a separate
prospectus supplement) of Equity
Units
(or
Equity Units if the underwriters exercise their overallotment
option in full) in a public offering. The Units Offering and
this offering are not contingent upon each other. The Equity
Units contain a stock purchase contract that obligates the
holder of an Equity Unit to purchase, and obligates us to sell,
on each of February 15, 2011, May 1, 2011 and
August 1, 2011, a variable number of shares of our Common
Stock per Equity Unit. Under certain circumstances, holders of
the Equity Units may elect to settle their stock purchase
contracts prior to the dates set forth in the preceding sentence.
The
price of our Common Stock may fluctuate significantly, which may
make it difficult for you to resell shares of our Common Stock
owned by you at times or at prices you find
attractive.
The price of our Common Stock on the NYSE constantly changes. We
expect that the market price of our Common Stock will continue
to fluctuate.
Our stock price may fluctuate as a result of a variety of
factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors
include:
|
|
|
|
|
periodic variations in our operating results or the quality of
our assets;
|
|
|
|
operating results that vary from the expectations of securities
analysts and investors;
|
|
|
|
changes in expectations as to our future financial performance;
|
S-7
|
|
|
|
|
announcements of innovations, new products, strategic
developments, significant contracts, acquisitions, divestitures
and other material events by us or our competitors;
|
|
|
|
the operating and securities price performance of other
companies that investors believe are comparable to us;
|
|
|
|
future sales of our equity or equity-related securities; and
|
|
|
|
changes in global financial markets and global economies and
general market conditions, such as interest or foreign exchange
rates, stock, commodity or real estate valuations or volatility.
|
In addition, in recent years, the stock market in general has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This
volatility has had a significant effect on the market price of
securities issued by many companies, including for reasons
unrelated to their operating performance. These broad market
fluctuations may adversely affect our stock price regardless of
our operating results.
Anti-takeover
provisions could negatively impact our
shareholders.
Provisions of state insurance law and Delaware corporation law,
and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws,
could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire
control of us or have the effect of discouraging a third party
from attempting to acquire control of us, even if an acquisition
might be in the best interest of our shareholders.
S-8
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We expect to receive net proceeds from this offering of
approximately $ billion (or
approximately $ billion if
the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full),
after expenses and underwriting discounts. We intend to use the
net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes.
S-9
PRICE
RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
Our Common Stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol
AIG. As of April 30, 2008, there were
2,492,061,043 shares of our Common Stock issued and
outstanding. As of April 30, 2008, there were
55,901 shareholders of record. The following table provides
the high and low closing sales price per share during the
periods indicated, as reported on the NYSE, and dividends paid
per share of our Common Stock during such periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
|
Sale
|
|
|
Sale
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Quarter (through May 7, 2008)
|
|
$
|
43.29
|
|
|
$
|
49.04
|
|
|
|
|
(1)(2)
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
39.80
|
|
|
|
59.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.200
|
|
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
51.33
|
|
|
|
70.11
|
|
|
|
0.200
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
61.64
|
|
|
|
70.44
|
|
|
|
0.200
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
66.49
|
|
|
|
72.65
|
|
|
|
0.165
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
66.77
|
|
|
|
72.15
|
|
|
|
0.165
|
|
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
66.30
|
|
|
|
72.81
|
|
|
|
0.165
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
57.76
|
|
|
|
66.48
|
|
|
|
0.165
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
58.67
|
|
|
|
66.54
|
|
|
|
0.150
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
65.35
|
|
|
|
70.83
|
|
|
|
0.150
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
On March 12, 2008, AIG
announced that its board of directors declared a cash dividend
on our Common Stock equal to $0.200 per share, payable on
June 20, 2008 to shareholders of record on June 6,
2008.
|
|
(2)
|
|
On May 8, 2008, AIG announced
that its board of directors declared a cash dividend on our
Common Stock equal to $0.220 per share, payable on
September 19, 2008 to shareholders of record on
September 5, 2008.
|
The amount of future dividends will depend on earnings,
financial condition, capital requirements and other factors, and
will be determined by our board of directors on a quarterly
basis. For a discussion of our dividend policy, see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations in our Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.
The last reported sale price per share of our Common Stock on
May 7, 2008, as reported by the NYSE, was $45.08.
S-10
DESCRIPTION
OF THE EQUITY UNITS
The Equity Units we are concurrently offering will have an
initial stated amount of $75 and will initially consist of a
stock purchase contract and a 1/40, or 2.5%, undivided
beneficial ownership interest in our
Series B-1
Junior Subordinated Debentures initially due February 15,
2041, our
Series B-2
Junior Subordinated Debentures initially due May 1, 2041
and our
Series B-3
Junior Subordinated Debentures initially due August 1,
2041, each with a principal amount of $1,000.
The stock purchase contract obligates the holder of an Equity
Unit to purchase, and obligates us to sell, on each of
February 15, 2011, May 1, 2011 and August 1, 2011
(each a stock purchase date), for $25 in
cash, a variable number of shares of our Common Stock, that is
not less
than shares
and not more
than shares,
in each case subject to anti-dilution adjustments. Under certain
circumstances, each holder may elect to settle the stock
purchase contract prior to the relevant stock purchase date.
If we
issue
Equity Units
(or
Equity Units if the underwriters exercise their overallotment
option in full), a maximum
of shares
and a minimum
of shares
(or, a
maximum shares
and a minimum shares if the underwriters exercise their
overallotment option in full) of our Common Stock would be
issuable under the stock purchase contracts, subject to
anti-dilution adjustments.
To provide holders of the Equity Units with the proceeds
necessary to be applied in the settlement of such holders
stock purchase contract obligations, each series of debentures
will be remarketed prior to the applicable stock purchase date.
Remarketings will take place during the
30-day
period ending 3 business days prior to the date one month
prior to the applicable stock purchase date. If the remarketing
of a series of debentures is successful, such series of
debentures will cease to be subordinated and the interest rate
on such series of debentures will be reset to a new fixed or
floating rate, effective as of the applicable remarketing
settlement date, and thereafter interest will be payable at the
applicable reset rate or the applicable index plus the
applicable reset spread. Prior to the remarketing of any series
of debentures, we may elect to change its maturity date to an
earlier date not less than two years from the applicable stock
purchase date.
S-11
CERTAIN
UNITED STATES TAX CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S.
HOLDERS OF
COMMON STOCK
This section summarizes certain United States federal income and
estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our
Common Stock by a
non-U.S. holder.
You are a
non-U.S. holder
if you are, for United States federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
a nonresident alien individual,
|
|
|
|
a foreign corporation, or
|
|
|
|
an estate or trust that in either case is not subject to United
States federal income tax on a net income basis on income or
gain from our Common Stock.
|
This section does not consider the specific facts and
circumstances that may be relevant to a particular
non-U.S. holder
and does not address the treatment of a
non-U.S. holder
under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing
jurisdiction. This section is based on the tax laws of the
United States, including the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, existing and proposed regulations, and administrative
and judicial interpretations, all as currently in effect. These
laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
If a partnership holds our Common Stock, the United States
federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend
on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the
partnership. A partner in a partnership holding our Common Stock
should consult its tax advisor with regard to the United States
federal income tax treatment of an investment in our Common
Stock.
You should consult a tax advisor regarding the United States
federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of
our Common Stock in your particular circumstances, as well as
any tax consequences that may arise under the laws of any state,
local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.
Dividends
Except as described below, if you are a
non-U.S. holder
of our Common Stock, dividends paid to you are subject to
withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or
at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an
income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you
are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we and other payors will
generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the
lower treaty rate) on dividend payments to you, unless you have
furnished to us or another payor:
|
|
|
|
|
a valid Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN
or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under
penalties of perjury, your status as (or, generally, in the case
of a United States alien holder that is a partnership or an
estate or trust, such forms certifying the status of each
partner in the partnership or beneficiary of the estate or trust
as) a
non-United
States person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with
respect to such payments, or
|
|
|
|
in the case of payments made outside the United States to an
offshore account (generally, an account maintained by you at an
office or branch of a bank or other financial institution at any
location outside the United States), other documentary evidence
establishing your entitlement to the lower treaty rate in
accordance with U.S. Treasury regulations.
|
If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding of United
States federal income tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a
refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by filing
a refund claim with the Internal Revenue Service.
If dividends paid to you are effectively connected
with your conduct of a trade or business within the United
States, and, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are
attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in
the United States, we and other payors generally are not
required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you
have furnished to us or another payor a valid Internal Revenue
Service
Form W-8ECI
or an acceptable substitute form upon which you represent, under
penalties of perjury, that:
|
|
|
|
|
you are a
non-United
States person, and
|
S-12
|
|
|
|
|
the dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a
trade or business within the United States and are
includible in your gross income.
|
Effectively connected dividends are taxed at rates
applicable to United States citizens, resident aliens and
domestic corporations.
If you are a corporate
non-U.S. holder,
effectively connected dividends that you receive
may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional
branch profits tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate
if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty
that provides for a lower rate.
Gain
on Disposition of our Common Stock
If you are a
non-U.S. holder,
you generally will not be subject to United States federal
income tax on gain that you recognize on a disposition of our
Common Stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with your conduct
of a trade or business within the United States, and the
gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you
maintain in the United States, if that is required by an
applicable income tax treaty as a condition for subjecting you
to United States taxation on a net income basis,
|
|
|
|
you are an individual, you hold our Common Stock as a capital
asset, you are present in the United States for 183 or more days
in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions
exist, or
|
|
|
|
we are or have been a United States real property holding
corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, you
held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the five-year
period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of our
Common Stock and you are not eligible for any treaty exemption.
|
If you are a corporate
non-U.S. holder,
effectively connected gains that you recognize may
also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional
branch profits tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate
if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty
that provides for a lower rate.
We have not been, are not and do not anticipate becoming a
United States real property holding corporation for United
States federal income tax purposes.
Federal
Estate Taxes
Common stock held by a
non-U.S. holder
at the time of death will be included in the holders gross
estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an
applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
Backup
Withholding and Information Reporting
If you are a
non-U.S. holder,
you are generally exempt from backup withholding and information
reporting (other than information reporting on Internal Revenue
Service
Form 1042-S
if you do not hold Common Stock through a qualified
intermediary) requirements with respect to:
|
|
|
|
|
dividend payments and
|
|
|
|
the payment of the proceeds from the sale of our Common Stock
effected at a United States office of a broker,
|
as long as the income associated with such payments is otherwise
exempt from United States federal income tax, and:
|
|
|
|
|
the payor or broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to
know that you are a United States person and you have furnished
to the payor or broker:
|
|
|
|
|
|
a valid Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN
or an acceptable substitute form upon which you certify, under
penalties of perjury, that you are (or, generally, in the case
of a
|
S-13
|
|
|
|
|
non-U.S. holder
that is a partnership or certain type of trust, such forms
certifying that each partner in the partnership or beneficiary
of the trust is) a
non-United
States person, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
other documentation upon which it may rely to treat the payments
as made to a
non-United
States person in accordance with U.S. Treasury
regulations, or
|
|
|
|
|
|
you otherwise establish an exemption.
|
Payment of the proceeds from the sale of our Common Stock
effected at a foreign office of a broker generally will not be
subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However,
a sale of our Common Stock that is effected at a foreign office
of a broker will be subject to information reporting and backup
withholding if:
|
|
|
|
|
the proceeds are transferred to an account maintained by you in
the United States,
|
|
|
|
the payment of proceeds or the confirmation of the sale is
mailed to you at a United States address, or
|
|
|
|
the sale has some other specified connection with the United
States as provided in U.S. Treasury regulations,
|
unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to
know that you are a United States person and the documentation
requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish
an exemption.
In addition, a sale of our Common Stock will be subject to
information reporting if it is effected at a foreign office of a
broker that is:
|
|
|
|
|
a United States person,
|
|
|
|
a controlled foreign corporation for United States tax purposes,
|
|
|
|
a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income is
effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade
or business for a specified three-year period, or
|
|
|
|
a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
one or more of its partners are U.S. persons,
as defined in U.S. Treasury regulations, who in the
aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest
in the partnership, or
|
|
|
|
such foreign partnership is engaged in the conduct of a United
States trade or business,
|
unless the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to
know that you are a United States person and the documentation
requirements described above are met or you otherwise establish
an exemption. Backup withholding will apply if the sale is
subject to information reporting and the broker has actual
knowledge that you are a United States person.
You generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under
the backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax
liability by filing a refund claim with the Internal Revenue
Service.
S-14
UNDERWRITING
We and the underwriters named below have entered into an
underwriting agreement, dated May , 2008, with
respect to our Common Stock. Subject to certain conditions, each
underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of
shares of our Common Stock indicated in the following table.
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Lehman Brothers Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all the
shares of our Common Stock being offered, if any are taken.
Option
to Purchase Additional Shares
If the underwriters sell more shares of our Common Stock than
the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters
have an option to buy up to an
additional shares
of our Common Stock from us to cover such sales. They may
exercise that option for 30 days from
May , 2008. If any shares of our Common Stock
are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will
severally purchase shares of our Common Stock in approximately
the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
Commissions
and Discounts
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting
discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us.
Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and the full
exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase
additional shares of our Common Stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by AIG
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Our Common Stock sold by the underwriters to the public will
initially be offered at the price set forth on the cover of this
prospectus supplement. Any shares of Common Stock sold by the
underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
from the initial public offering price of up to
$ per share. The underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess
of $ per share to brokers and
dealers. After the shares of our Common Stock are released for
sale to the public, the offering prices and other selling terms
may from time to time be varied by the underwriters.
The underwriters intend to offer our Common Stock for sale
primarily in the United States either directly or through
affiliates or other dealers acting as selling agents. The
underwriters may also offer our Common Stock for sale outside
the United States either directly or through affiliates or other
dealers acting as selling agents.
We estimate that total out-of-pocket expenses of this offering
payable by us, excluding underwriting commissions, will be
approximately $ .
In compliance with Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or
FINRA, guidelines, the maximum commission or
discount to be received by any FINRA member or independent
broker-dealer may not exceed 8% of the aggregate amount of
securities offered pursuant to this prospectus supplement.
S-15
No
Sales of Similar Securities
We and our executive officers and directors have entered into
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements,
subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may
not, without the prior written approval of Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., issue, offer,
sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or
indirectly, or hedge our Common Stock or securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for our Common Stock. These
restrictions will be in effect for a period of 90 days
after the date of this prospectus supplement. At any time and
without public notice, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. may, in their discretion,
release all or some of the securities from these
lock-up
agreements. These restrictions will not prevent us from issuing
shares of Common Stock (or other stock-based awards) or
securities convertible into Common Stock (i) under our
current employee benefit plans and related plans, (ii) in
connection with our obligations with respect to awards
previously made by Starr International Company, Inc.,
(iii) pursuant to certain acquisitions of other companies
or businesses for Common Stock or (iv) in connection with
the Units Offering. In the case of our directors and executive
officers, this restriction will not apply to the withholding of
Common Stock to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes on
the exercise of stock options or the receipt of shares of our
Common Stock pursuant to, or the vesting of, restricted stock
units, gifts to tax exempt charitable organizations, certain
transfers for estate planning purposes, transfers to related
persons or entities that agree to comply with the foregoing
restrictions or any other transaction that would not otherwise
be reportable under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, because the person has ceased to be an
executive officer or director.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933.
New
York Stock Exchange Listing
Our Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol
AIG.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Common Stock is Wells
Fargo N.A.
Stabilization,
Short Positions and Penalty Bids
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in
stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate
covering transactions and penalty bids, each of which is
described below.
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of our
Common Stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum.
|
|
|
|
Overallotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in
excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to
purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short
position may be either a covered short position or a naked short
position. In a covered short position, the number of shares
overallotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number
of shares that they may purchase in the overallotment option. In
a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater
than the number of shares in the overallotment option. The
underwriters may close out any short position by either
exercising their overallotment option
and/or
purchasing shares in the open market.
|
|
|
|
Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares of
our Common Stock in the open market after the distribution has
been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In
determining the source of shares to close out the short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the overallotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares
than could be covered by the overallotment option, a naked short
position, the
|
S-16
|
|
|
|
|
position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open
market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if
the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward
pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after
pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in
the offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling
concession from a syndicate member when our Common Stock
originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a
stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate
short positions.
|
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions
and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining
the market price of our Common Stock or preventing or retarding
a decline in the market price of our Common Stock. As a result,
the price of our Common Stock may be higher than the price that
might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may
be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be
discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that
the transactions described above may have on the price of our
Common Stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make
any representation that the underwriters will engage in these
stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Affiliations
The underwriters and their affiliates have from time to time
provided and may provide certain investment banking, commercial
banking and other financial advisory services to us and our
affiliates, for which they have received and may continue to
receive customary fees and commissions. The underwriters and
their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage in
transactions with us and perform services for us in the ordinary
course of their business. The underwriters are serving as
underwriters of a concurrent offering
of Equity
Units
(or
Equity Units if the underwriters exercise their overallotment
option in full).
Selling
Restrictions
European
Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each a
Relevant Member State, with effect from and
including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is
implemented, the Relevant Implementation
Date, in that Relevant Member State, an offer of the
Common Stock described in this prospectus supplement may not be
made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the
publication of a prospectus in relation to the Common Stock that
has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant
Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant
Member State and notified to the competent authority in that
Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus
Directive, except that, with effect from and including the
Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities may be
offered to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
|
|
|
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as referenced below) subject to obtaining the prior
consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication
of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus
Directive.
|
S-17
Each purchaser of Common Stock described in this prospectus
supplement located within a Relevant Member State will be deemed
to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a
qualified investor within the meaning of
Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.
For purposes of this provision, the expression an offer to
the public in any Relevant Member State means the
communication in any form and by any means of sufficient
information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be
offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or
subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in
that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus
Directive in that member state, and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant
Member State.
The sellers of the Common Stock have not authorized and do not
authorize the making of any offer of Common Stock through any
financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made
by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the
Common Stock as contemplated in this prospectus supplement.
Accordingly, no purchaser of the Common Stock, other than the
underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the
Common Stock on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.
Hong
Kong
Shares of our Common Stock may not be offered or sold in Hong
Kong by means of any document other than (i) in
circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public
within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of
Hong Kong), or (ii) to professional investors
within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.
571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or
(iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the
document being a prospectus within the meaning of
the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no
advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may
be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the
purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or
elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are
likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong
(except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other
than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be
disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to
professional investors within the meaning of the
Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong)
and any rules made thereunder.
Japan
The shares offered in this prospectus supplement have not been
registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan. The
shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or
sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account
of any resident of Japan, except (i) pursuant to an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
and Exchange Law and (ii) in compliance with any other
applicable requirements of Japanese law.
Singapore
This prospectus supplement has not been registered as a
prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore.
Accordingly, this prospectus supplement and any other document
or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation
for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Common Stock may
not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of Common
Stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an
invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or
indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an
institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities
and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the
SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant
to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to
Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions
specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise
pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other
applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to
compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.
S-18
United
Kingdom
This prospectus supplement is only being distributed to, and is
only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are
qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e)
of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment
professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial
Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005
(the Order) or (ii) high net worth entities,
and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated,
falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order
(all such persons together being referred to as relevant
persons). This prospectus supplement and its contents are
confidential and should not be distributed, published or
reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to
any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the
United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or
rely on this document or any of its contents.
S-19
VALIDITY
OF SECURITIES
The validity of our Common Stock will be passed on for AIG by
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP and for the underwriters by
Davis Polk & Wardwell. Partners of
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP involved in the representation
of AIG beneficially own approximately 11,360 shares of AIG
Common Stock. Davis Polk & Wardwell has from time to
time provided, and may provide in the future, legal services to
AIG and its affiliates, for which it has received and may
continue to receive customary fees.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and the financial
statement schedules incorporated into this prospectus supplement
by reference to AIGs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 have been so
incorporated in reliance upon the report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts
in auditing and accounting.
S-20
PROSPECTUS
$22,000,000,000
American International Group,
Inc.
Debt Securities
Warrants
Purchase Contracts
Units
Junior Subordinated
Debentures
Preferred Stock
Depositary Shares
Guarantees of
Securities
Common Stock
(up to
$16,459,681,000)
AIG Program Funding,
Inc.
Debt Securities
Warrants
Purchase Contracts
Units
Fully and Unconditionally
Guaranteed by
American International Group,
Inc.
American International Group, Inc. (AIG) may offer to sell debt
securities, warrants, purchase contracts, junior subordinated
debentures, preferred stock, either separately or represented by
depositary shares, and common stock, either individually or in
units. The debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts and
preferred stock may be convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for common or preferred stock or other securities
of AIG or debt or equity securities of one or more other
entities. These debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts,
junior subordinated debentures and preferred stock will have an
initial public offering price or purchase price of up to
$22,000,000,000, or will have the foreign currency or composite
currency equivalent of such amount, and the common stock will
have an initial public offering price of up to $16,459,681,000,
although we may increase these amounts in the future. AIGs
common stock is listed on the NYSE and trades under the symbol
AIG.
AIG Program Funding, Inc. (AIGPF) may offer to sell debt
securities as well as warrants and purchase contracts, either
individually or in units. The debt securities, warrants and
purchase contracts may be convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for debt or equity securities of one or more other
entities. These securities will have an initial public offering
price or purchase price of up to $22,000,000,000 or will have
the foreign currency or composite currency equivalent of this
amount although we may increase this amount in the future. All
amounts payable under these securities will be fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by American International Group, Inc.
AIG is AIGPFs ultimate parent corporation.
AIG and AIGPF may issue all or a portion of these securities in
the form of one or more permanent global certificates.
This prospectus describes some of the general terms that may
apply to these securities and the general manner in which they
may be offered. The specific terms of any securities to be
offered, and the specific manner in which they may be offered,
will be described in a supplement to this prospectus.
Investing in the securities involves certain risks. See
Risk Factors beginning on page 90 to read about
certain factors you should consider before buying the
securities.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE
SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE
SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR
COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.
AIG and AIGPF may offer and sell these securities to or through
one or more underwriters, dealers and agents, or directly to
purchasers, on a continuous or delayed basis.
AIG and AIGPF may use this prospectus in the initial sale of
these securities. In addition, AIGs subsidiaries may use
this prospectus in a market-making transaction involving any of
these or similar securities after the initial sale. UNLESS WE
OR OUR AGENT INFORM THE PURCHASER OTHERWISE IN THE CONFIRMATION
OF SALE, THIS PROSPECTUS IS BEING USED IN A MARKET-MAKING
TRANSACTION.
AIG FINANCIAL SECURITIES
CORP.
The date of this prospectus is July 13, 2007.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or any prospectus supplement or information contained
in documents which you are referred to by this prospectus or any
prospectus supplement. Neither AIG nor AIGPF has authorized
anyone to provide you with information different from that
contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. AIG
and AIGPF are offering to sell the securities only in
jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The
information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus
supplement is accurate only as of the date on the front of those
documents, regardless of the time of delivery of the documents
or any sale of the securities.
i
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
References to us, we or our
in this section means American International Group, Inc.,
and/or AIG
Program Funding, Inc., as applicable, as Issuers. This
prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission utilizing a shelf
registration process. Under this shelf process, we may sell the
securities described in this prospectus in one or more offerings
up to a total dollar amount of $22,000,000,000 (with the
limitation that we may only sell common stock in an amount up to
$16,459,681,000). This prospectus provides you with a general
description of the securities we may offer.
Each time we sell securities, we will provide a prospectus
supplement that will contain specific information about the
terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add,
update or change information contained in this prospectus. You
should read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement
together with additional information described in the section
entitled Where You Can Find More Information.
To see more detail, you should read our registration statement
and the exhibits filed with our registration statement.
American
International Group, Inc.
(Issuer and Guarantor)
AIG, a Delaware corporation, is a holding company which, through
its subsidiaries, is engaged in a broad range of insurance and
insurance-related activities in the United States and abroad.
AIGs principal executive offices are located at 70 Pine
Street, New York, New York 10270, and its main telephone number
is
(212) 770-7000.
The Internet address for AIGs corporate website is
www.aigcorporate.com. Except for the documents referred
to under Where You Can Find More Information which
are specifically incorporated by reference into this prospectus,
information contained on AIGs website or that can be
accessed through its website does not constitute a part of this
prospectus. AIG has included its website address only as an
inactive textual reference and does not intend it to be an
active link to its website.
AIG
Program Funding, Inc.
(Issuer)
AIGPF is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of AIG. AIGPF was
incorporated as a Delaware corporation on February 14,
2007. AIGPF has not conducted any operations to date and was
established for the purpose of issuing securities (including
bonds, notes, debentures, warrants, purchase contracts and
units) and other instruments. AIGPFs by-laws do not
contain any restrictions on the business activities which it may
carry on in the future. AIGPF is not required to, and does not
intend to, publish audited financial statements.
AIGPFs principal executive offices are located at 70 Pine
Street, New York, New York, 10270, and its telephone number is
(212) 770-7000.
The
Securities We Are Offering
AIG may offer any of the following securities from time to time:
|
|
|
|
|
debt securities;
|
|
|
|
warrants;
|
|
|
|
purchase contracts;
|
|
|
|
junior subordinated debentures;
|
|
|
|
preferred stock, either directly or represented by depositary
shares;
|
|
|
|
common stock; and
|
|
|
|
units, comprised of two or more of the following in any
combination: debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts,
junior subordinated debentures, preferred stock or common stock.
|
1
AIGPF may offer any of the following securities from time to
time:
|
|
|
|
|
debt securities;
|
|
|
|
warrants;
|
|
|
|
purchase contracts; and
|
|
|
|
units, comprised of two or more of the following in any
combination: debt securities, warrants and purchase contracts.
|
When we use the term securities in this prospectus,
we mean any of the securities we may offer with this prospectus,
unless we say otherwise. This prospectus, including the
following summary, describes the general terms that may apply to
the securities; the specific terms of any particular securities
that we may offer will be described in a separate supplement to
this prospectus.
The
Guarantees
AIG, as Guarantor, will fully and unconditionally guarantee
AIGPFs payment obligations under the securities issued by
AIGPF. In the event of a default in payment by AIGPF, holders
may institute legal proceedings directly against the Guarantor
to enforce its obligations without first proceeding against
AIGPF. The Guarantees will constitute unsecured and
unsubordinated obligations of the Guarantor ranking pari
passu in right of payment with all of the Guarantors
senior debt currently outstanding. You should note, however,
that to the extent the Guarantor is required to satisfy any of
its obligations under the Guarantees through the sale of
insurance assets, such sale may require the consent of
regulatory authorities. The specific terms of the Guarantees
will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
Debt
Securities
We may issue several different types of debt securities. For any
particular debt securities we offer, the applicable prospectus
supplement will describe the terms of the debt securities, and
will include for each series of debt securities the initial
public offering price, designation, aggregate principal amount
(including whether determined by reference to an index),
currency, denomination, premium, maturity, interest rate
(whether fixed or floating), time of payment of any interest,
any terms for mandatory or optional redemption, any terms on
which the debt securities may be convertible into or exercisable
or exchangeable for common stock or other securities of another
entity and any other specific terms. AIG will issue the senior
and subordinated debt securities under separate debt indentures,
between AIG and The Bank of New York, as trustee. AIGPF will
issue the debt securities under an indenture, among AIGPF, as
Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
Warrants
We may offer two types of warrants:
|
|
|
|
|
warrants to purchase our debt securities; and
|
|
|
|
warrants to purchase or sell, or whose cash value is determined
by reference to the performance, level or value of, one or more
of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
securities of one or more issuers, including AIGs common
or preferred stock or other securities described in this
prospectus or debt or equity securities of third parties;
|
|
|
|
one or more currencies;
|
|
|
|
one or more commodities;
|
|
|
|
any other financial, economic or other measure or instrument,
including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or
circumstance; and
|
|
|
|
one or more indices or baskets of the items described above.
|
2
For any particular warrants we offer, the applicable prospectus
supplement will describe the underlying property; the expiration
date; the exercise price or the manner of determining the
exercise price; the amount and kind, or the manner of
determining the amount and kind, of property to be delivered by
you or us upon exercise; and any other specific terms. AIG may
issue the warrants under the warrant indenture between AIG, as
Issuer, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, or under warrant
agreements between AIG and one or more warrant agents. AIGPF may
issue the warrants under the warrant indenture among AIGPF, as
Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, as Trustee,
or under warrant agreements among AIGPF, as Issuer, AIG, as
Guarantor, and one or more warrant agents.
Purchase
Contracts
We may offer purchase contracts for the purchase or sale of, or
whose cash value is determined by reference to the performance,
level or value of, one or more of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
securities of one or more issuers, including AIGs common
or preferred stock or other securities described in this
prospectus or debt or equity securities of third parties;
|
|
|
|
one or more currencies;
|
|
|
|
one or more commodities;
|
|
|
|
any other financial, economic or other measure or instrument,
including, the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or
circumstance; and
|
|
|
|
one or more indices or baskets of the items described above.
|
For any particular purchase contracts we offer, the applicable
prospectus supplement will describe the underlying property; the
settlement date; the purchase price or manner of determining the
purchase price and whether it must be paid when the purchase
contract is issued or at a later date; the amount and kind, or
the manner of determining the amount and kind, of property to be
delivered at settlement; whether the holder will pledge property
to secure the performance of any obligations the holder may have
under the purchase contract; and any other specific terms. We
may issue purchase contracts under an indenture described above
or a unit agreement described below.
Junior
Subordinated Debentures
AIG may offer junior subordinated debentures pursuant to a
junior subordinated indenture or a subordinated junior
subordinated indenture, each between AIG and The Bank of New
York, as trustee. For any particular junior subordinated
debentures AIG offers, the applicable prospectus supplement will
describe the terms of the junior subordinated debentures, and
will include for each series of junior subordinated debentures
the title, initial public offering price, aggregate principal
amount, denomination, premium, maturity, seniority, interest
rate (whether fixed or floating), time of payment of any
interest, interest deferral provisions, any mandatory or
optional sinking funds, any terms for mandatory or optional
redemption, any terms on which the junior subordinated
debentures may be convertible or exchangeable into other
securities, any modifications, additions or deletions to the
events of default under the applicable indenture, applicability
of defeasance provisions and any other specific terms.
Units
AIG may offer units, comprised of two or more of its debt
securities, warrants, purchase contracts, junior subordinated
debentures, preferred stock and common stock in any combination.
AIGPF may offer units, comprised of two or more of its debt
securities, warrants and purchase contracts, in any combination.
For any particular units we offer, the applicable prospectus
supplement will describe the particular securities comprising
each unit; the terms on which those securities will be
separable, if any; whether the holder will pledge property to
secure the performance of any obligations the holder may have
under the unit; and any other specific terms of the units. AIG
may issue the units under unit agreements between AIG, as
Issuer, and
3
one or more unit agents. AIGPF may issue the units under unit
agreements among AIGPF, as Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor, and one or
more unit agents.
Preferred
Stock and Depositary Shares
AIG may offer its preferred stock in one or more series. For any
particular series AIG offers, your prospectus supplement
will describe the specific designation; the aggregate number of
shares offered; the rate and periods, or manner of calculating
the rate and periods, for dividends, if any; the stated value
and liquidation preference amount, if any; the voting rights, if
any; the terms on which the series will be convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for AIGs common stock,
preferred stock of another series or other securities described
in this prospectus or the debt or equity securities of third
parties or property, if any; the redemption terms, if any; and
any other specific terms. AIG may also offer depositary shares,
each of which would represent an interest in a fractional share
or multiple shares of preferred stock. AIG may issue the
depositary shares under deposit agreements between AIG and one
or more depositaries.
Common
Stock
AIG may also issue its common stock.
Listing
If any securities are to be listed or quoted on a securities
exchange or quotation system, the applicable prospectus
supplement will say so. AIGs common stock is listed on the
New York Stock Exchange and trades under the symbol
AIG.
Manner of
Offering
The securities will be offered when they are first issued and
sold and after that in market-making transactions involving one
or more of our subsidiaries.
When we issue new securities, we may offer them for sale to or
through underwriters, dealers and agents, including subsidiaries
of AIG, or directly to purchasers. The applicable prospectus
supplement will include any required information about the firms
we use and the discounts or commissions we may pay them for
their services.
4
USE OF
PROCEEDS
Unless otherwise indicated in any prospectus supplement, AIG
intends to use the net proceeds from the sale of securities for
general corporate purposes and AIGPF intends to loan the net
proceeds from the sale of securities to AIG, its direct parent,
or certain of AIGs subsidiaries, for application to
general corporate purposes.
CONSOLIDATED
RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
The following table sets forth the historical ratios of earnings
to fixed charges of AIG and its consolidated subsidiaries for
the periods indicated. For more information on AIGs
consolidated ratios of earnings to fixed charges, see AIGs
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and Quarterly
Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2007, each of
which is incorporated by reference into this prospectus as
described under Where You Can Find More Information.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
March 31, 2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
3.29
|
|
3.37
|
|
3.01
|
|
3.42
|
|
3.03
|
|
2.55
|
Earnings represent:
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations before income taxes and adjustments for
minority interest;
|
plus
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed charges other than capitalized interest
|
|
|
|
Amortization of capitalized interest
|
|
|
|
The distributed income of equity investees
|
less
|
|
|
|
|
The minority interest in pre-tax income of subsidiaries that do
not have fixed charges.
|
Fixed charges include:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest, whether expensed or capitalized
|
|
|
|
Amortization of debt issuance costs
|
|
|
|
The proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the
interest factor by the management of AIG.
|
As of the date of this prospectus, neither AIG nor AIGPF has any
preferred stock outstanding.
5
DESCRIPTION
OF DEBT SECURITIES AIG MAY OFFER
References to AIG, us, we or
our in this section means American International
Group, Inc., and does not include the subsidiaries of American
International Group, Inc. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own debt securities
registered in their own names, on the books that we or the
applicable trustee maintain for this purpose, and not those who
own beneficial interests in debt securities registered in street
name or in debt securities issued in book-entry form through one
or more depositaries. When we refer to you in this
prospectus, we mean all purchasers of the securities being
offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only
indirect owners of those securities. Owners of beneficial
interests in the debt securities should read the section below
entitled Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance.
Debt
Securities May Be Senior or Subordinated
We may issue senior or subordinated debt securities. Neither the
senior debt securities nor the subordinated debt securities will
be secured by any of our property or assets or the property or
assets of our subsidiaries. Thus, by owning a debt security, you
are one of our unsecured creditors.
The senior debt securities and, in the case of senior debt
securities in bearer form, any related interest coupons, will be
issued under our senior debt indenture described below and will
rank equally with all of our other unsecured and unsubordinated
debt.
The subordinated debt securities and, in the case of
subordinated debt securities in bearer form, any related
interest coupons, will be issued under our subordinated debt
indenture described below and will be subordinate in right of
payment to all of our senior indebtedness, as
defined in the subordinated debt indenture. Neither indenture
limits our ability to incur additional unsecured indebtedness.
When we refer to debt securities in this prospectus,
we mean both the senior debt securities and the subordinated
debt securities.
The
Senior and Subordinated Debt Indentures
The senior debt securities and the subordinated debt securities
are each governed by a document called an indenture
the senior debt indenture, in the case of the senior debt
securities, and the subordinated debt indenture, in the case of
the subordinated debt securities. Each indenture is a contract
between AIG and The Bank of New York, which acts as
trustee. The indentures are substantially identical, except for
the provisions relating to subordination, which are included
only in the subordinated debt indenture.
Reference to the indenture or the trustee with respect to any
debt securities, means the indenture under which those debt
securities are issued and the trustee under that indenture.
The trustee has two main roles:
1. The trustee can enforce the rights of holders against us
if we default on our obligations under the terms of the
indenture or the debt securities. There are some limitations on
the extent to which the trustee acts on behalf of holders,
described below under Events of
Default Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs.
2. The trustee performs administrative duties for us, such
as sending interest payments and notices to holders, and
transferring a holders debt securities to a new buyer if a
holder sells.
The indenture and its associated documents contain the full
legal text of the matters described in this section. The
indenture and the debt securities are governed by New York law.
A copy of each indenture is an exhibit to our registration
statement. See Where You Can Find More Information
below for information on how to obtain a copy.
6
General
We may issue as many distinct series of debt securities under
any of the indentures as we wish. The provisions of the senior
debt indenture and the subordinated debt indentures allow us not
only to issue debt securities with terms different from those
previously issued under the applicable indenture, but also to
reopen a previous issue of a series of debt
securities and issue additional debt securities of that series.
We may issue debt securities in amounts that exceed the total
amount specified on the cover of your prospectus supplement at
any time without your consent and without notifying you. In
addition we may offer debt securities, together with other debt
securities, warrants, purchase contracts, junior subordinated
debentures, preferred stock or common stock in the form of
units, as described below under Description of Units AIG
May Offer.
This section summarizes the material terms of the debt
securities that are common to all series, although the
prospectus supplement which describes the terms of each series
of debt securities may also describe differences from the
material terms summarized here.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the debt securities. This summary is subject to and
qualified in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of
the indenture, including definitions of certain terms used in
the indenture. In this summary, we describe the meaning of only
some of the more important terms. For your convenience, we also
include references in parentheses to certain sections of the
indenture. Whenever we refer to particular sections or defined
terms of the indenture in this prospectus or in the prospectus
supplement, such sections or defined terms are incorporated by
reference here or in the prospectus supplement. You must look to
the indenture for the most complete description of what we
describe in summary form in this prospectus.
This summary also is subject to and qualified by reference to
the description of the particular terms of your series described
in the prospectus supplement. Those terms may vary from the
terms described in this prospectus. The prospectus supplement
relating to each series of debt securities will be attached to
the front of this prospectus. There may also be a further
prospectus supplement, known as a pricing supplement, which
contains the precise terms of debt securities you are offered.
We may issue the debt securities as original issue discount
securities, which will be offered and sold at a substantial
discount below their stated principal amount.
(Section 101) The prospectus supplement relating to
the original issue discount securities will describe federal
income tax consequences and other special considerations
applicable to them. The debt securities may also be issued as
indexed securities or securities denominated in foreign
currencies or currency units, as described in more detail in the
prospectus supplement relating to any of the particular debt
securities. Some of the risks associated with such debt
securities issued are described below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and Risk
Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities. The prospectus supplement relating to specific
debt securities will also describe certain additional tax
considerations applicable to such debt securities.
In addition, the specific financial, legal and other terms
particular to a series of debt securities will be described in
the prospectus supplement and, if applicable, a pricing
supplement relating to the series. The prospectus supplement
relating to a series of debt securities will describe the
following terms of the series:
|
|
|
|
|
the title of the series of debt securities;
|
|
|
|
whether it is a series of senior debt securities or a series of
subordinated debt securities;
|
|
|
|
any limit on the aggregate principal amount of the series of
debt securities;
|
|
|
|
the person to whom interest on a debt security is payable, if
other than the holder on the regular record date;
|
|
|
|
the date or dates on which the series of debt securities will
mature;
|
|
|
|
the rate or rates, which may be fixed or variable per annum, at
which the series of debt securities will bear interest, if any,
and the date or dates from which that interest, if any, will
accrue;
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
the place or places where the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the debt securities is payable;
|
|
|
|
the dates on which interest, if any, on the series of debt
securities will be payable and the regular record dates for the
interest payment dates;
|
|
|
|
any mandatory or optional sinking funds or similar provisions or
provisions for redemption at the option of the issuer;
|
|
|
|
the date, if any, after which and the price or prices at which
the series of debt securities may, in accordance with any
optional or mandatory redemption provisions, be redeemed and the
other detailed terms and provisions of those optional or
mandatory redemption provisions, if any;
|
|
|
|
if the debt securities may be converted into or exercised or
exchanged for our common stock or preferred stock or other of
our securities or the debt or equity securities of third
parties, the terms on which conversion, exercise or exchange may
occur, including whether conversion, exercise or exchange is
mandatory, at the option of the holder or at our option, the
period during which conversion, exercise or exchange may occur,
the initial conversion, exercise or exchange price or rate and
the circumstances or manner in which the amount of common stock
or preferred stock or other securities or the debt or equity
securities of third parties issuable upon conversion, exercise
or exchange may be adjusted;
|
|
|
|
if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples
thereof, the denominations in which the series of debt
securities will be issuable;
|
|
|
|
the currency of payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest on debt securities of the series;
|
|
|
|
if the currency of payment for principal, premium, if any, and
interest on the series of debt securities is subject to our
election or that of a holder, the currency or currencies in
which payment can be made and the period within which, and the
terms and conditions upon which, the election can be made;
|
|
|
|
any index used to determine the amount of payment of principal
or premium, if any, or interest on the series of debt securities;
|
|
|
|
the applicability of the provisions described under
Defeasance below;
|
|
|
|
any event of default under the series of debt securities if
different from those described under Events of
Default below;
|
|
|
|
if the debt securities will be issued in bearer form, any
special provisions relating to bearer securities that are not
addressed in this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
if the series of debt securities will be issuable only in the
form of a global security, the depositary or its nominee with
respect to the series of debt securities and the circumstances
under which the global security may be registered for transfer
or exchange in the name of a person other than the depositary or
the nominee; and
|
|
|
|
any other special feature of the series of debt securities.
|
An investment in debt securities may involve special risks,
including risks associated with indexed securities and
currency-related risks if the debt security is linked to an
index or is payable in or otherwise linked to a
non-U.S. dollar
currency. We describe some of these risks below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and Risk
Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities.
Market-Making
Transactions
One or more of our subsidiaries may purchase and resell debt
securities in market-making transactions after their initial
issuance. We discuss these transactions below under Plan
of Distribution Market-Making
8
Resales by Subsidiaries of AIG. We may also purchase debt
securities in the open market or in private transactions to be
held by us or cancelled.
Overview
of Remainder of this Description
The remainder of this description summarizes:
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Mechanics relevant to the debt
securities under normal circumstances, such as how holders
transfer ownership and where we make payments;
|
|
|
|
Holders rights in several Special
Situations, such as if we merge with another company or
if we want to change a term of the debt securities;
|
|
|
|
Subordination Provisions in the subordinated debt
indenture that may prohibit us from making payment on those
securities;
|
|
|
|
Our right to release ourselves from all or some of our
obligations under the debt securities and the indenture by a
process called Defeasance; and
|
|
|
|
Holders rights if we Default or experience
other financial difficulties.
|
Additional
Mechanics
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless we specify otherwise in the prospectus supplement, the
debt securities will be issued:
|
|
|
|
|
only in fully registered form;
|
|
|
|
without interest coupons; and
|
|
|
|
in denominations that are even multiples of $1,000.
(Section 302)
|
If we issue a debt security in bearer form, the provisions
described below under Considerations Relating to
Securities Issued in Bearer Form would apply to that
security. Some of the features of the debt securities that we
describe in this prospectus may not apply to bearer debt
securities.
If a debt security is issued as a registered global debt
security, only the depositary e.g., DTC, Euroclear
and Clearstream, each as defined below under Legal
Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance will be
entitled to transfer and exchange the debt security as described
in this subsection, since the depositary will be the sole holder
of the debt security. Those who own beneficial interests in a
global security do so through participants in the
depositarys securities clearance system, and the rights of
these indirect owners will be governed solely by the applicable
procedures of the depositary and its participants. We describe
book-entry procedures below under Legal Ownership and
Book-Entry Issuance.
Holders may have their debt securities broken into more debt
securities of smaller denominations of not less than $1,000 or
combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as
long as the total principal amount is not changed.
(Section 305) This is called an exchange.
Holders may exchange or transfer debt securities at the office
of the trustee. They may also replace lost, stolen or mutilated
debt securities at that office. The trustee acts as our agent
for registering debt securities in the names of holders and
transferring debt securities. We may change this appointment to
another entity or perform it ourselves. The entity performing
the role of maintaining the list of registered holders is called
the security registrar. It will also perform transfers.
(Section 305) The trustees agent may require an
indemnity before replacing any debt securities.
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange debt securities, but holders may be required to pay
for any tax or other governmental charge associated with the
exchange or transfer. The transfer or exchange will only be made
if the security registrar is satisfied with your proof of
ownership.
9
If we designate additional transfer agents, they will be named
in the prospectus supplement. We may cancel the designation of
any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in
the office through which any transfer agent acts.
(Section 1002)
If the debt securities are redeemable and we redeem less than
all of the debt securities of a particular series, we may block
the transfer or exchange of debt securities during the period
beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of
redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to
freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also
refuse to register transfers or exchanges of debt securities
selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit
transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt
security being partially redeemed. (Section 305)
The rules for exchange described above apply to exchange of debt
securities for other debt securities of the same series and
kind. If a debt security is convertible, exercisable or
exchangeable into or for a different kind of security, such as
one that we have not issued, or for other property, the rules
governing that type of conversion, exercise or exchange will be
described in the prospectus supplement.
Payment
and Paying Agents
We will pay interest to the person listed in the trustees
records at the close of business on a particular day in advance
of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer
owns the debt security on the interest due date. That particular
day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due
date, is called the regular record date and will be stated in
the prospectus supplement. (Section 307) Holders
buying and selling debt securities must work out between them
how to compensate for the fact that we will pay all the interest
for an interest period to the one who is the registered holder
on the regular record date. The most common manner is to adjust
the sale price of the securities to pro-rate interest fairly
between buyer and seller. This prorated interest amount is
called accrued interest.
We will pay interest, principal and any other money due on the
debt securities at the corporate trust office of the trustee in
New York City. That office is currently located at 101 Barclay
Street, New York, New York 10286. Holders must make arrangements
to have their payments picked up at or wired from that office.
We may also choose to pay interest by mailing checks.
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW THEY WILL RECEIVE PAYMENTS.
We may also arrange for additional payment offices and may
cancel or change these offices, including our use of the
trustees corporate trust office. These offices are called
paying agents. We may also choose to act as our own paying agent
or choose one of our subsidiaries to do so. We must notify
holders of changes in the paying agents for any particular
series of debt securities. (Section 1002)
Notices
We and the trustee will send notices regarding the debt
securities only to holders, using their addresses as listed in
the trustees records. (Sections 101 and
106) With respect to who is a legal holder for
this purpose, see Legal Ownership and Book-Entry
Issuance.
Regardless of who acts as paying agent, all money paid by us to
a paying agent that remains unclaimed at the end of two years
after the amount is due to holders will be repaid to us. After
that two-year period, holders may look to us for payment and not
to the trustee or any other paying agent. (Section 1003)
10
Special
Situations
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
We are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another
company or firm. We are also permitted to sell or lease
substantially all of our assets to another company or firm.
However, we may not take any of these actions unless all the
following conditions are met:
|
|
|
|
|
When we merge out of existence or sell or lease substantially
all of our assets, the other firm may not be organized under a
foreign countrys laws, that is, it must be a corporation,
partnership or trust organized under the laws of a state of the
United States or the District of Columbia or under federal law,
and it must agree to be legally responsible for the debt
securities.
|
|
|
|
The merger, sale of assets or other transaction must not cause a
default on the debt securities, and we must not already be in
default (unless the merger or other transaction would cure the
default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would
include an event of default that has occurred and not been
cured. A default for this purpose would also include any event
that would be an event of default if the requirements for giving
us default notice or our default having to exist for a specific
period of time were disregarded.
|
If the conditions described above are satisfied with respect to
any series of debt securities, we will not need to obtain the
approval of the holders of those debt securities in order to
merge or consolidate or to sell our assets. Also, these
conditions will apply only if we wish to merge or consolidate
with another entity or sell substantially all of our assets to
another entity. We will not need to satisfy these conditions if
we enter into other types of transactions, including any
transaction in which we acquire the stock or assets of another
entity, any transaction that involves a change of control but in
which we do not merge or consolidate and any transaction in
which we sell less than substantially all of our assets. It is
possible that this type of transaction may result in a reduction
in our credit rating, may reduce our operating results or may
impair our financial condition. Holders of our debt securities,
however, will have no approval right with respect to any
transaction of this type.
Modification
and Waiver of the Debt Securities
There are four types of changes we can make to either indenture
and the debt securities issued under that indenture.
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, there are changes that cannot be
made to the indenture or the debt securities without specific
approval of each holder of a debt security affected in any
material respect by the change under a particular debt
indenture. Affected debt securities may be all or less than all
of the debt securities issued under that debt indenture or all
or less than all of the debt securities of a series. Following
is a list of those types of changes:
|
|
|
|
|
change the stated maturity of the principal or interest on a
debt security;
|
|
|
|
reduce any amounts due on a debt security;
|
|
|
|
reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the
maturity of a debt security (including the amount payable on an
original issue discount debt security) following a default;
|
|
|
|
change the currency of payment on a debt security;
|
|
|
|
impair a holders right to sue for payment;
|
|
|
|
impair any right that a holder of a debt security may have to
exchange or convert the debt security for or into other property;
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose
consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose
consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of
the indenture or to waive certain defaults; or
|
|
|
|
modify any other aspect of the provisions dealing with
modification and waiver of the indenture. (Section 902)
|
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. The second
type of change to the indenture and the debt securities is the
kind that requires a vote in favor by holders of debt securities
owning not less than a majority of the principal amount of the
particular series affected or, if so provided and to the extent
permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, of particular debt
securities affected thereby. Most changes fall into this
category, except for clarifying changes and certain other
changes that would not adversely affect in any material respect
holders of the debt securities. (Section 901) We may
also obtain a waiver of a past default from the holders of debt
securities owning a majority of the principal amount of the
particular series affected. However, we cannot obtain a waiver
of a payment default or any other aspect of the indenture or the
debt securities listed in the first category described above
under Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders unless we obtain the individual consent of each
holder to the waiver. (Section 513)
Changes Not Requiring Approval. The third type
of change to the indenture and the debt securities does not
require any vote by holders of debt securities. This type is
limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would
not adversely affect in any material respect holders of the debt
securities. (Section 901)
We may also make changes or obtain waivers that do not adversely
affect in any material respect a particular debt security, even
if they affect other debt securities. In those cases, we do not
need to obtain the approval of the holder of that debt security;
we need only obtain any required approvals from the holders of
the affected debt securities.
Modification of Subordination Provisions. We
may not modify the subordination provisions of the subordinated
debt indenture in a manner that would adversely affect in any
material respect the outstanding subordinated debt securities
without the consent of the holders of a majority of the
principal amount of the particular series affected or, if so
provided and to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture
Act, of particular subordinated debt securities affected
thereby. Also, we may not modify the subordination provisions of
any outstanding subordinated debt securities without the consent
of each holder of our senior indebtedness that would be
adversely affected thereby. The term senior
indebtedness is defined below under Subordination
Provisions.
Further Details Concerning Voting. When taking
a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much
principal amount to attribute to a debt security:
|
|
|
|
|
For original issue discount securities, we will use the
principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting
date if the maturity of the debt securities were accelerated to
that date because of a default.
|
|
|
|
For debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for
example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special
rule for that debt security described in the prospectus
supplement.
|
|
|
|
For debt securities denominated in one or more foreign
currencies or currency units, we will use the U.S. dollar
equivalent.
|
Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and
therefore not eligible to vote, if we have given a notice of
redemption and deposited or set aside in trust for the holders
money for the payment or redemption of the debt securities. Debt
securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been
fully defeased as described below under
Defeasance Full Defeasance.
(Section 1302)
We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date
for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding debt
securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under
the indenture. In certain limited circumstances, the trustee
will be entitled to set a record date for action by holders. If
we or the trustee set a record date for a vote or other action
to be taken by holders of a particular series, that vote
12
or action may be taken only by persons who are holders of
outstanding securities of that series on the record date. We or
the trustee, as applicable, may shorten or lengthen this period
from time to time. (Section 104)
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW APPROVAL MAY BE GRANTED OR DENIED IF WE SEEK TO CHANGE
THE INDENTURE OR THE DEBT SECURITIES OR REQUEST A WAIVER.
Subordination
Provisions
Holders of subordinated debt securities should recognize that
contractual provisions in the subordinated debt indenture may
prohibit us from making payments on those securities.
Subordinated debt securities are subordinate and junior in right
of payment, to the extent and in the manner stated in the
subordinated debt indenture, to all of our senior indebtedness,
as defined in the subordinated debt indenture, including all
debt securities we have issued and will issue under the senior
debt indenture.
The subordinated debt indenture defines senior
indebtedness as all indebtedness and obligations of, or
guaranteed or assumed by, us for borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, whether
existing now or in the future, and all amendments, renewals,
extensions, modifications and refundings of any indebtedness or
obligations of that kind. Senior debt excludes the subordinated
debt securities and any other indebtedness or obligations that
would otherwise constitute indebtedness if it is specifically
designated as being subordinate, or not superior, in right of
payment to the subordinated debt securities.
The subordinated debt indenture provides that, unless all
principal of and any premium or interest on the senior
indebtedness has been paid in full, no payment or other
distribution may be made in respect of any subordinated debt
securities in the following circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
in the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, or any
receivership, liquidation, reorganization, assignment for
creditors or other similar proceedings or events involving us or
our assets;
|
|
|
|
(a) in the event and during the continuation of any default
in the payment of principal, premium or interest on any senior
indebtedness beyond any applicable grace period, (b) in the
event that any event of default with respect to any senior
indebtedness has occurred and is continuing, permitting the
holders of that senior indebtedness (or a trustee) to accelerate
the maturity of that senior indebtedness, whether or not the
maturity is in fact accelerated (unless, in the case of
(a) or (b), the payment default or event of default has
been cured or waived or ceases to exist and any related
acceleration has been rescinded) or (c) in the event that
any judicial proceeding is pending with respect to a payment
default or event of default described in (a) or (b); or
|
|
|
|
in the event that any subordinated debt securities have been
declared due and payable before their stated maturity.
|
If the trustee under the subordinated debt indenture or any
holders of the subordinated debt securities receive any payment
or distribution that is prohibited under the subordination
provisions, then the trustee or the holders will have to repay
that money to the holders of the senior indebtedness.
Even if the subordination provisions prevent us from making any
payment when due on the subordinated debt securities of any
series, we will be in default on our obligations under that
series if we do not make the payment when due. This means that
the trustee under the subordinated debt indenture and the
holders of that series can take action against us, but they will
not receive any money until the claims of the holders of senior
indebtedness have been fully satisfied.
13
The subordinated debt indenture allows the holders of senior
indebtedness to obtain a court order requiring us and any holder
of subordinated debt securities to comply with the subordination
provisions.
Defeasance
The following discussion of full defeasance and covenant
defeasance will be applicable to each series of debt securities
that is denominated in U.S. dollars and has a fixed rate of
interest and will apply to other series of debt securities if we
so specify in the prospectus supplement. (Section 1301)
Full
Defeasance
If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described
below, we can legally release ourselves from any payment or
other obligations on the debt securities, called full
defeasance, if we put in place the following other arrangements
for holders to be repaid:
|
|
|
|
|
We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the
debt securities a combination of money and notes or bonds of the
U.S. government or a U.S. government agency or
U.S. government-sponsored entity (the obligations of which
are backed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. government) that will generate enough cash to make
interest, principal and any other payments on the debt
securities on their various due dates.
|
|
|
|
There must be a change in current U.S. federal tax law or
an IRS ruling that lets us make the above deposit without
causing the holders to be taxed on the debt securities any
differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid
the debt securities ourselves. (Under current federal tax law,
the deposit and our legal release from the obligations pursuant
to the debt securities would be treated as though we took back
your debt securities and gave you your share of the cash and
notes or bonds deposited in trust. In that event, you could
recognize gain or loss on the debt securities you give back to
us.)
|
|
|
|
We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel
confirming the tax law change described above.
(Sections 1302 and 1304)
|
|
|
|
In the case of the subordinated debt securities, the following
requirement must also be met:
|
|
|
|
|
|
No event or condition may exist that, under the provisions
described under Subordination Provisions
above, would prevent us from making payments of principal,
premium or interest on those subordinated debt securities on the
date of the deposit referred to above or during the 90 days
after that date.
|
If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above,
you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment
on the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment
in the unlikely event of any shortfall.
Covenant
Defeasance
Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the same
type of deposit as described above and we will be released from
the restrictive covenants under the debt securities that may be
described in the prospectus supplement. This is called covenant
defeasance. In that event, you would lose the protection of
these covenants but would gain the protection of having money
and U.S. government or U.S. government agency notes or
bonds set aside in trust to repay the debt securities. In order
to achieve covenant defeasance, we must do the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the
debt securities a combination of money and notes or bonds of the
U.S. government or a U.S. government agency or
U.S. government sponsored entity (the obligations of which
are backed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. government) that will generate enough cash to make
interest, principal and any other payments on the debt
securities on their various due dates.
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel
confirming that under current U.S. federal income tax law
we may make the above deposit without causing the holders to be
taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not
make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves.
|
If we accomplish covenant defeasance, certain provisions of the
indenture and the debt securities would no longer apply:
|
|
|
|
|
Covenants applicable to the series of debt securities and
described in the prospectus supplement.
|
|
|
|
Any events of default relating to breach of those covenants.
|
If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us
for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall
in the trust deposit. In fact, if one of the remaining events of
default occurred (such as a bankruptcy) and the debt securities
become immediately due and payable, there may be such a
shortfall. (Sections 1303 and 1304)
Events of
Default
You will have special rights if an event of default occurs and
is not cured, as described later in this subsection.
What Is An Event of Default? The term
Event of Default means any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We do not pay the principal of or any premium on a debt security
within 5 days of its due date.
|
|
|
|
We do not pay interest on a debt security within 30 days of
its due date.
|
|
|
|
We do not deposit money in a separate account, known as a
sinking fund, within 5 days of its due date.
|
|
|
|
We remain in breach of any covenant or warranty of the indenture
for 60 days after we receive a notice of default stating we
are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or
holders of 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of the
affected series.
|
|
|
|
We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization occur.
|
|
|
|
Any other event of default described in the prospectus
supplement occurs. (Section 501)
|
Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs. If you
are the holder of a subordinated debt security, all remedies
available upon the occurrence of an event of default under the
subordinated debt indenture will be subject to the restrictions
on the subordinated debt securities described above under
Subordination Provisions. If an event of
default occurs, the trustee will have special duties. In that
situation, the trustee will be obligated to use those of its
rights and powers under the indenture, and to use the same
degree of care and skill in doing so, that a prudent person
would use in that situation in conducting his or her own
affairs. If an event of default has occurred and has not been
cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare
the entire principal amount (or, in the case of original issue
discount securities, the portion of the principal amount that is
specified in the terms of the affected debt security) of all the
debt securities of that series to be due and immediately
payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of
maturity. However, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may
be cancelled, but only before a judgment or decree based on the
acceleration has been obtained, by the holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the
affected series. (Section 502)
You should read carefully the prospectus supplement relating to
any series of debt securities which are original issue discount
securities for the particular provisions relating to
acceleration of the maturity of a portion of the principal
amount of original issue discount securities upon the occurrence
of an event of default and its continuation.
15
Except in cases of default, where the trustee has the special
duties described above, the trustee is not required to take any
action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless
the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from
expenses and liability called an indemnity.
(Section 603) If indemnity reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee is provided, the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding securities of the relevant series may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or
other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the
trustee. These majority holders may also direct the trustee in
performing any other action under the applicable indenture with
respect to the debt securities of that series. (Section 512)
Before you bypass the trustee and bring your own lawsuit or
other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your
rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities
the following must occur:
|
|
|
|
|
The holder of the debt security must give the trustee written
notice that an event of default has occurred and remains uncured;
|
|
|
|
The holders of 25% in principal amount of all outstanding
securities of the relevant series must make a written request
that the trustee take action because of the default, and they
must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the
costs, expenses and liabilities of taking that action; and
|
|
|
|
The trustee must have not taken action for 60 days after
receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity.
(Section 507)
|
However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the
payment of money due on your debt security on or after its due
date. (Section 508)
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW TO GIVE NOTICE OR DIRECTION TO OR MAKE A REQUEST OF THE
TRUSTEE AND TO MAKE OR CANCEL A DECLARATION OF ACCELERATION.
We will give to the trustee every year a written statement of
certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we
are in compliance with the applicable indenture and the debt
securities issued under it, or else specifying any default.
(Section 1004)
Our
Relationship with the Trustee
The Bank of New York is one of our lenders and from time to time
provides other banking services to us and our subsidiaries.
The Bank of New York is initially serving as the trustee for our
senior debt securities, our subordinated debt securities and the
warrants issued under our warrant indenture, as well as the
trustee under any amended and restated trust agreement and
capital securities subordinated guarantee that we enter into in
connection with the issuance of capital securities.
Consequently, if an actual or potential event of default occurs
with respect to any of these securities, trust agreements or
subordinated guarantees, the trustee may be considered to have a
conflicting interest for purposes of the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939. In that case, the trustee may be required to resign
under one or more of the indentures, trust agreements or
subordinated guarantees and we would be required to appoint a
successor trustee. For this purpose, a potential
event of default means an event that would be an event of
default if the requirements for giving us default notice or for
the default having to exist for a specific period of time were
disregarded.
16
DESCRIPTION
OF WARRANTS AIG MAY OFFER
References to AIG, us, we or
our in this section mean American International
Group, Inc., and do not include the subsidiaries of American
International Group Inc. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own warrants registered in
their own names, on the books that we or the applicable trustee
or warrant agent maintain for this purpose, and not those who
own beneficial interests in warrants registered in street name
or in warrants issued in book-entry form through one or more
depositaries. When we refer to you in this section,
we mean all purchasers of warrants being offered by this
prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect owners
of those warrants. Owners of beneficial interests in the
warrants should read the section below entitled Legal
Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance.
Warrants
May Be Debt Warrants or Universal Warrants
We may issue warrants that are debt warrants or universal
warrants. We may offer warrants separately or together with our
debt securities. We may also offer warrants together with other
warrants, purchase contracts, debt securities, junior
subordinated debentures, preferred stock or common stock in the
form of units, as summarized under Description of Units
AIG May Offer.
We will issue the warrants under either a warrant indenture or a
warrant agreement. The warrant indenture, the warrant agreement
and their associated documents contain the full legal text of
the matters described in this section. The warrant indenture and
the warrant agreement and the warrants issued thereunder are
governed by New York law.
Warrant
Indenture
The warrants may be governed by a document called an indenture.
The warrant indenture is a contract between AIG and The Bank of
New York, which acts as trustee. See Description of Debt
Securities AIG May Offer Our Relationship with the
Trustee above for more information about the trustee.
Reference to the warrant indenture or the trustee with respect
to any warrants, means the indenture under which those warrants
are issued and the trustee under that indenture.
The trustee has two main roles:
1. The trustee can enforce the rights of holders against us
if we default on our obligations under the terms of the warrant
indenture or the warrants. There are some limitations on the
extent to which the trustee acts on behalf of holders, described
below under Events of Default
Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs.
2. The trustee performs administrative duties for us, such
as sending payments to holders and notices, and transferring a
holders warrants to a new buyer if a holder sells.
Warrant
Agreement
A warrant agreement is a contract between us and a bank, trust
company or other financial institution, as warrant agent.
References to a warrant agreement or warrant agent with respect
to any warrants, means the warrant agreement under which those
warrants are issued and the warrant agent under that warrant
agreement.
The warrant agent is our agent and, unlike a trustee, has no
obligations to holders of the warrants issued under the warrant
agreement. The main role of the warrant agent is to perform
administrative duties for us, such as sending payments and
notices to holders and transferring a holders warrants to
a new buyer if a holder sells.
17
General
We may issue as many distinct series of warrants as we wish.
This section summarizes terms of the warrant indenture and
warrant agreements and terms of the warrants that apply
generally to the warrants, although the prospectus supplement
which describes the terms of the warrants may also describe
differences from the material terms summarized here.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the warrants. This summary is subject to and qualified
in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of the
warrant indenture and warrant agreement, including definitions
of certain terms used in the warrant indenture and warrant
agreement. In this summary, we describe the meaning of only some
of the more important terms. Whenever we refer to particular
sections or defined terms of the warrant indenture or warrant
agreement in this prospectus or in the prospectus supplement,
such sections or defined terms are incorporated by reference
here or in the prospectus supplement. You must look to the
warrant indenture or warrant agreement for the most complete
description of what we describe in summary form in this
prospectus.
This summary also is subject to and qualified by reference to
the description of the particular terms of your warrants
described in the prospectus supplement. As you read this
section, please remember that the specific terms of your warrant
as described in your prospectus supplement will supplement and,
if applicable, may modify or replace the general terms described
in this section. If there are differences between your
prospectus supplement and this prospectus, your prospectus
supplement will control. Thus, the statements we make in this
section may not apply to your warrant.
When we refer to a series of warrants, we mean all warrants
issued as part of the same series under the applicable warrant
indenture or warrant agreement. When we refer to your prospectus
supplement, we mean the prospectus supplement describing the
specific terms of the warrant you purchase. The terms used in
your prospectus supplement will have the meanings described in
this prospectus, unless otherwise specified.
In addition, the specific financial, legal and other specific
terms of your warrant will be described in the prospectus
supplement relating to the warrants. The prospectus supplement
relating to the warrants may contain, where applicable, the
following information about your warrants:
|
|
|
|
|
the specific designation and aggregate number of, and the price
at which we will issue, the warrants;
|
|
|
|
the currency with which the warrants may be purchased;
|
|
|
|
the warrant indenture or warrant agreement under which we will
issue the warrants;
|
|
|
|
the date on which the right to exercise the warrants will begin
and the date on which that right will expire or, if you may not
continuously exercise the warrants throughout that period, the
specific date or dates on which you may exercise the warrants;
|
|
|
|
whether the warrants will be redeemable by us before their
expiration date, and any applicable redemption dates or periods
and the related redemption prices;
|
|
|
|
whether the warrants will be issued in fully registered form or
bearer form, in global or non-global form or in any combination
of these forms, although, in any case, the form of a warrant
included in a unit will correspond to the form of the unit and
of any debt security or purchase contract included in that unit;
|
|
|
|
the identities of the trustee or warrant agent, any depositaries
and any paying, transfer, calculation or other agents for the
warrants;
|
|
|
|
any securities exchange or quotation system on which the
warrants or any securities deliverable upon exercise of the
warrants may be listed;
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
whether the warrants are to be sold separately or with other
securities, as part of units or otherwise; and
|
|
|
|
any other terms of the warrants.
|
If we issue warrants as part of a unit, your prospectus
supplement will specify whether the warrants will be separable
from the other securities in the unit before the warrants
expiration date.
Until a warrant is properly exercised, no holder of a warrant
will have any rights of a holder of the warrant property
deliverable under the warrant.
An investment in a warrant may involve special risks, including
risks associated with indexed securities and currency-related
risks if the warrant or the warrant property is linked to an
index or is payable in or otherwise linked to a
non-U.S. dollar
currency. We describe some of these risks below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and Risk
Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities.
Debt
Warrants
We may issue warrants for the purchase of our debt securities on
terms to be determined at the time of sale. We refer to this
type of warrant as a debt warrant.
If you purchase debt warrants, your prospectus supplement may
contain, where applicable, the following additional information
about your debt warrants:
|
|
|
|
|
the designation, aggregate principal amount, currency and terms
of the debt securities that may be purchased upon exercise of
the debt warrants;
|
|
|
|
the exercise price and whether the exercise price may be paid in
cash, by the exchange of any debt warrants or other securities
or both and the method of exercising the debt warrants; and
|
|
|
|
the designation, terms and amount of debt securities, if any, to
be issued together with each of the debt warrants and the date,
if any, after which the debt warrants and debt securities will
be separately transferable.
|
Universal
Warrants
We may also issue warrants, on terms to be determined at the
time of sale, for the purchase or sale of, or whose cash value
is determined by reference to the performance, level or value
of, one or more of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
securities of one or more issuers, including our common or
preferred stock or other securities described in this prospectus
or debt or equity securities of third parties;
|
|
|
|
one or more currencies;
|
|
|
|
one or more commodities;
|
|
|
|
any other financial, economic or other measure or instrument,
including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or
circumstance; and
|
|
|
|
one or more indices or baskets of the items described above.
|
We refer to this type of warrant as a universal
warrant. We refer to each property described above as a
warrant property.
We may satisfy our obligations, if any, and the holder of a
universal warrant may satisfy its obligations, if any, with
respect to any universal warrants by delivering:
19
|
|
|
|
|
the cash value of the warrant property; or
|
|
|
|
the cash value of the warrants determined by reference to the
performance, level or value of the warrant property.
|
Your prospectus supplement will describe what we may deliver to
satisfy our obligations, if any, and what the holder of a
universal warrant may deliver to satisfy its obligations, if
any, with respect to any universal warrants.
If you purchase universal warrants, your prospectus supplement
may contain, where applicable, the following additional
information about your universal warrants:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the universal warrants are put warrants or call
warrants, including in either case warrants that may be settled
by means of net cash settlement or cashless exercise, or any
other type of warrants;
|
|
|
|
the money or warrant property, and the amount or method of
determining the amount of money or warrant property, payable or
deliverable upon exercise of each universal warrant;
|
|
|
|
the price at which and the currency with which the warrant
property may be purchased or sold by or on behalf of the holder
of each universal warrant upon the exercise of that warrant, or
the method of determining that price;
|
|
|
|
whether the exercise price may be paid in cash, by the exchange
of any universal warrants or other securities or both, and the
method of exercising the universal warrants; and
|
|
|
|
whether the exercise of the universal warrants is to be settled
in cash or by delivery of the warrant property or both, whether
the election of the form of settlement will be at the option of
the holder or of us and whether settlement will occur on a net
basis or a gross basis.
|
Market-Making
Transactions
One or more of our subsidiaries may resell warrants in
market-making transactions after their initial issuance. We
discuss these transactions below under Plan of
Distribution Market-Making Resales by
Subsidiaries. We may also purchase, in our discretion,
warrants to be held, resold or canceled.
General
Provisions of the Warrant Indenture
We may issue as many distinct series of warrants under the
warrant indenture as we wish, in such amounts as we wish. The
provisions of the warrant indenture allow us not only to issue
warrants with terms different from those of warrants previously
issued under the warrant indenture, but also to
reopen a previous issue of a series of warrants and
issue additional warrants of that series. We may issue warrants
in amounts that exceed the total amount specified on the cover
of your prospectus supplement at any time without your consent
and without notifying you.
The warrant indenture and the warrants do not limit our ability
to incur other contractual obligations or indebtedness or to
issue other securities. Also, the terms of the warrants do not
impose financial or similar restrictions on us.
Warrants will not be secured by any property or our assets or
the assets of our subsidiaries. Thus, by owning a warrant issued
under the warrant indenture, you hold one of our unsecured
obligations.
The warrants issued under the warrant indenture will be our
contractual obligations and will rank equally with all of our
other unsecured contractual obligations and unsecured and
unsubordinated debt. The warrant indenture does not limit our
ability to incur additional contractual obligations or debt.
20
Overview
of Remainder of this Description
The remainder of this description summarizes:
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Terms relevant to the warrants under
normal circumstances, such as how holders transfer warrants, and
the expiration and payment and delivery mechanics relating to
warrants;
|
|
|
|
Holders rights in several Special Situations, such as if
we merge with another company or if we want to change a term of
the warrants; and
|
|
|
|
Holders rights if we Default or experience other financial
difficulties.
|
Additional
Mechanics
Form,
Exchange and Transfer of Warrants
Unless we specify otherwise in your prospectus supplement, we
will issue each warrant in registered global i.e.,
book-entry form only. Warrants in book-entry form
will be represented by a global security registered in the name
of a depositary, which will be the holder of all the warrants
represented by the global security. Those who own beneficial
interests in a global warrant will do so through participants in
the depositarys system, and the rights of these indirect
owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of
the depositary and its participants. We describe book-entry
securities below under Legal Ownership and Book-Entry
Issuance.
If a warrant is issued as a registered global warrant, only the
depositary e.g., DTC, Euroclear or
Clearstream will be entitled to transfer and
exchange the warrant as described in this subsection, since the
depositary will be the sole holder of the warrant.
If any warrants cease to be issued in registered global form,
they will be issued:
|
|
|
|
|
only in fully registered form; and
|
|
|
|
only in the denominations specified in your prospectus
supplement.
|
Holders may exchange their warrants for certificates
representing a smaller or larger number of warrants, as long as
the total number of warrants is not changed.
Holders may exchange or transfer their warrants at the office of
the trustee. They may also replace lost, stolen, destroyed or
mutilated warrants at that office. We have appointed the trustee
to act as our agent for registering warrants in the names of
holders and transferring and replacing warrants. We may appoint
another entity to perform these functions or perform them
ourselves.
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange their warrants, but they may be required to pay for
any tax or other governmental charge associated with the
transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange, and any
replacement, will be made only if our transfer agent is
satisfied with the holders proof of legal ownership. The
transfer agent may require an indemnity before replacing any
warrants.
If we have the right to redeem, accelerate or settle any
warrants before their expiration, and we exercise our right as
to less than all those warrants, we may block the transfer or
exchange of those warrants during the period beginning
15 days before the day we mail the notice of exercise and
ending on the day of that mailing or during any other period
specified in the prospectus supplement, in order to freeze the
list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to
register transfers of or to exchange any warrant selected for
early settlement, except that we will continue to permit
transfers and exchanges of the unsettled portion of any warrant
being partially settled.
If we have designated additional transfer agents for your
warrant, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We
may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment
of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change
in the office through which any transfer agent acts.
21
The rules for exchange described above apply to exchange of
warrants for other warrants of the same series and kind. If a
warrant is exercisable for a different kind of security, such as
one that we have not issued, or for other property, the rules
governing that type of exercise will be described in your
prospectus supplement.
Expiration
Date and Payment or Settlement Date
The term expiration date with respect to any warrant
means the date on which the right to exercise the warrant
expires. The term payment or settlement date with
respect to any warrant means the date when any money or warrant
property with respect to that warrant becomes payable or
deliverable upon exercise or redemption of that warrant in
accordance with its terms.
Currency
of Warrants
Amounts that become due and payable on your warrant may be
payable in a currency, composite currency, basket of currencies
or currency unit or units specified in your prospectus
supplement. We refer to this currency, composite currency,
basket of currencies or currency unit or units as a
specified currency. The specified currency for your
warrant will be U.S. dollars, unless your prospectus
supplement states otherwise. You will have to pay for your
warrant by delivering the requisite amount of the specified
currency to a firm that we name in your prospectus supplement,
unless other arrangements have been made between you and us or
you and that firm. We will make payments on your warrants in the
specified currency, except as described in your prospectus
supplement. See Risk Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities below for more information about risks of
investing in warrants of this kind.
Redemption
We will not be entitled to redeem your warrant before its
expiration date unless your prospectus supplement specifies a
redemption commencement date.
If your prospectus supplement specifies a redemption
commencement date, it will also specify one or more redemption
prices. It may also specify one or more redemption periods
during which the redemption prices relating to a redemption of
warrants during those periods will apply.
If your prospectus supplement specifies a redemption
commencement date, your warrant will be redeemable at our option
at any time on or after that date or at a specified time or
times. If we redeem your warrant, we will do so at the specified
redemption price. If different prices are specified for
different redemption periods, the price we pay will be the price
that applies to the redemption period during which your warrant
is redeemed.
If we exercise an option to redeem any warrant, we will give the
holder written notice of the redemption price of the warrant to
be redeemed, not less than 30 days nor more than
60 days before the applicable redemption date or within any
other period before the applicable redemption date specified in
your prospectus supplement. We will give the notice in the
manner described in your prospectus supplement.
Special
Situations
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
We are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another
corporation or firm. We are also permitted to sell substantially
all of our assets to another firm, or to buy or lease
substantially all of the assets of another firm. With regard to
any warrant, however, we may not take any of these actions
unless all the following conditions are met:
|
|
|
|
|
When we merge out of existence or sell or lease substantially
all of our assets, the other firm may not be organized under a
foreign countrys laws, that is, it must be a corporation,
partnership or
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
trust organized under the laws of a state of the United States
or the District of Columbia or under federal law, and it must
agree to be legally responsible for our obligations under that
warrant and the warrant indenture, as applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The merger, sale of assets or other transaction must not cause a
default under the warrant, and we must not already be in default
(unless the merger or other transaction would cure the default).
For purposes of this no-default test, a default under the
warrant would include an event of default with respect to that
warrant or any event that would be an event of default with
respect to that warrant if the requirements for giving us
default notice and for our default having to continue for a
specific period of time were disregarded. We describe these
matters below under Events of Default.
|
If the conditions described above are satisfied with respect to
any warrant, we will not need to obtain the approval of the
holder of that warrant in order to merge or consolidate or to
sell our assets. Also, these conditions will apply only if we
wish to merge or consolidate with another entity or sell
substantially all of our assets to another entity. We will not
need to satisfy these conditions if we enter into other types of
transactions, including any transaction in which we acquire the
stock or assets of another entity, any transaction that involves
a change of control but in which we do not merge or consolidate
and any transaction in which we sell less than substantially all
of our assets. It is possible that this type of transaction may
result in a reduction in our credit rating, may reduce our
operating results or may impair our financial condition. Holders
of our warrants, however, will have no approval right with
respect to any transaction of this type.
Modification
and Waiver of the Warrants
There are three types of changes we can make to the warrant
indenture and the warrants issued under that warrant indenture.
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, there are changes that cannot be
made to the warrant indenture or the warrants issued under that
warrant indenture without the approval of each holder of a
warrant affected by the change. Affected warrants may be all or
less than all of the warrants issued under that warrant
indenture or all or less than all of the warrants of a series.
Here is a list of those types of changes:
|
|
|
|
|
change the exercise price of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
change the terms of any warrant with respect to the expiration
date or the payment or settlement date of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
reduce the amount of money payable or reduce the amount or
change the kind of warrant property deliverable upon the
exercise of the warrant or any premium payable upon redemption
of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
change the currency of any payment on a warrant;
|
|
|
|
change the place of payment on a warrant;
|
|
|
|
permit redemption of a warrant if not previously permitted;
|
|
|
|
impair a holders right to exercise its warrant, or sue for
payment of any money payable or delivery of any warrant property
deliverable with respect to its warrant on or after the payment
or settlement date or, in the case of redemption, the redemption
date;
|
|
|
|
if any warrant provides that the holder may require us to
repurchase the warrant, impair the holders right to
require repurchase of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage in number of the warrants of any one or
more affected series, taken separately or together, as
applicable, whose consent is needed to modify or amend the
warrant indenture or those warrants;
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage in number of the warrants of any one or
more affected series, taken separately or together, as
applicable, whose consent is needed to waive compliance with the
warrant indenture or to waive defaults; or
|
|
|
|
modify any other aspect of the provisions dealing with
modification and waiver of the warrant indenture, except to
increase any required percentage referred to above or add to the
provisions that cannot be changed or waived without approval of
the holder of the affected warrants.
|
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. The second
type of change to the warrant indenture and the warrants is the
kind that requires a vote in favor by holders of warrants owning
not less than a majority of the amount of the particular series
affected or, if so provided and to the extent permitted by the
Trust Indenture Act, of particular warrants affected
thereby. If the change affects the warrants of more than one
series issued under the warrant indenture, it must be approved
by the holders of a majority in number of all series affected by
the change, with the warrants of all the affected series voting
together as one class for this purpose.
Most changes fall into this category, except for clarifying
changes and certain other changes that would not adversely
affect in any material respect holders of the warrants. However,
we cannot obtain a waiver of a payment default or any other
aspect of the warrant indenture or the warrants listed in the
first category described above under Changes
Requiring Approval of All Holders unless we obtain the
individual consent of each holder to the waiver.
Changes Not Requiring Approval. The third type
of change to the warrant indenture and the warrants does not
require any approval by holders of the warrants. These changes
are limited to clarifications and changes that would not
adversely affect in any material respect the holders of the
warrants. Nor do we need any approval to make changes that
affect only warrants to be issued under the warrant indenture
after the changes take effect.
We may also make changes or obtain waivers that do not adversely
affect a particular warrant, even if they affect other warrants.
In those cases, we do not need to obtain the approval of the
holder of that warrant; we need only obtain any required
approvals from the holders of the affected warrants.
Further Details Concerning Voting. We will
generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the
purpose of determining the holders that are entitled to take
action under the warrant indenture. In certain limited
circumstances, only the trustee will be entitled to set a record
date for action by holders. If we or the trustee set a record
date for an approval or other action to be taken by holders,
that vote or action may be taken only by persons or entities who
are holders on the record date and must be taken during the
period that we specify for this purpose, or that the trustee
specifies if it sets the record date. We or the trustee, as
applicable, may shorten or lengthen this period from time to
time. In addition, record dates for any global warrant may be
set in accordance with procedures established by the depositary
from time to time. Accordingly, record dates for global warrants
may differ from those for other warrants.
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT OWNERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW APPROVAL MAY BE GRANTED OR DENIED IF WE SEEK TO CHANGE
THE WARRANT INDENTURE OR ANY WARRANTS OR REQUEST A WAIVER.
Events of
Default
You will have special rights if an event of default with respect
to your warrant occurs and is continuing, as described in this
subsection.
What is an Event of Default? Unless your
prospectus supplement says otherwise, when we refer to an event
of default with respect to any warrant, we mean that, upon
satisfaction by the holder of the
24
warrant of all conditions precedent to our relevant obligation
or covenant to be satisfied by the holder, any of the following
occurs:
|
|
|
|
|
We do not pay any money or deliver any warrant property with
respect to that warrant within 5 days of the payment or
settlement date in accordance with the terms of that warrant.
|
|
|
|
We remain in breach of any covenant and warranty we make in the
warrant indenture for the benefit of the holder of that warrant
for 60 days after we receive a notice of default stating
that we are in breach and requiring us to remedy the breach. The
notice must be sent by the trustee or the holders of at least
25% in number of the relevant series of warrants.
|
|
|
|
We file for bankruptcy or other events of bankruptcy, insolvency
or reorganization occur with respect to us.
|
|
|
|
Any other event of default described in the prospectus
supplement occurs.
|
If we do not pay any money or deliver any warrant property when
due with respect to a particular warrant of a series, as
described in the first bullet point above, that failure to make
a payment or delivery will not constitute an event of default
with respect to any other warrant of the same series or any
other series.
Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs. If an
event of default occurs, the trustee will have special duties.
In that situation, the trustee will be obligated to use those of
its rights and powers under the warrant indenture, and to use
the same degree of care and skill in doing so, that a prudent
person would use in that situation in conducting his or her own
affairs.
Except in cases of default, where the trustee has special
duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the
warrant indenture at the request of any holders unless the
holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses
and liability called an indemnity. If indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to the trustee is provided, the holders of a
majority in number of all warrants of the relevant series may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or
other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the
trustee with respect to that series. These majority holders may
also direct the trustee in performing any other action under the
warrant indenture with respect to the warrants of that series.
Before you bypass the trustee and bring your own lawsuit or
other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your
rights or protect your interests relating to any warrant, all of
the following must occur:
|
|
|
|
|
The holder of your warrant must give the trustee written notice
that an event of default has occurred, and the event of default
must not have been cured or waived;
|
|
|
|
The holders of not less than 25% in number of all warrants of
your series must make a written request that the trustee take
action because of the default, and they must offer reasonable
indemnity to the trustee against the costs, expenses and
liabilities of taking that action; and
|
|
|
|
The trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after
the above steps have been taken.
|
However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the
payment of any money or delivery of any warrant property due on
your warrant on or after its payment or settlement date.
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW TO GIVE NOTICE OR DIRECTION TO OR MAKE A REQUEST OF THE
TRUSTEE AND TO MAKE OR CANCEL A DECLARATION OF ACCELERATION.
We will give to the trustee every year a written statement of
certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we
are in compliance with the warrant indenture and the warrants
issued under it, or else specifying any default.
25
General
Provisions of Warrant Agreements
We may issue debt warrants and universal warrants in one or more
series under one or more warrant agreements, each to be entered
into between us and a bank, trust company or other financial
institution as warrant agent. We may add, replace or terminate
warrant agents from time to time. We may also choose to act as
our own warrant agent or may choose one of our subsidiaries to
do so.
We will describe the warrant agreement under which we issue any
warrants in your prospectus supplement. Each warrant agreement
and any warrants issued under the warrant agreements will be
governed by New York law. We will file that agreement with the
SEC, either as an exhibit to an amendment to the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part or as an exhibit to
a current report on
Form 8-K.
See Where You Can Find More Information below for
information on how to obtain a copy of a warrant agreement when
it is filed.
We may also issue warrants under the warrant indenture. For
these warrants, the applicable provisions of the warrant
indenture described above would apply instead of the provisions
described in this section.
Warrant
Agreement Will Not Be Qualified under Trust Indenture
Act
No warrant agreement will be qualified as an indenture, and no
warrant agent will be required to qualify as a trustee, under
the Trust Indenture Act. Therefore, holders of warrants
issued under a warrant agreement will not have the protection of
the Trust Indenture Act with respect to their warrants.
Enforcement
of Rights
The warrant agent under a warrant agreement will act solely as
our agent in connection with the warrants issued under that
agreement. The warrant agent will not assume any obligation or
relationship of agency or trust for or with any holders of those
warrants. Any holder of warrants may, without the consent of any
other person, enforce by appropriate legal action, on its own
behalf, its right to exercise those warrants in accordance with
their terms. Until the warrant is properly exercised, no holder
of any warrant will be entitled to any rights of a holder of the
warrant property purchasable upon exercise of the warrant.
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless we specify otherwise in your prospectus supplement, we
will issue each warrant in global i.e.,
book-entry
form only. Warrants in book-entry form will be represented by a
global security registered in the name of a depositary, which
will be the holder of all the warrants represented by the global
security. Those who own beneficial interests in a global warrant
will do so through participants in the depositarys system,
and the rights of these indirect owners will be governed solely
by the applicable procedures of the depositary and its
participants. We describe book-entry securities below under
Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance.
In addition, we will issue each warrant in registered form,
unless we say otherwise in your prospectus supplement. Bearer
warrants would be subject to special provisions, as we describe
below under Considerations Relating to Securities Issued
in Bearer Form.
If any warrants are issued in non-global form, the terms
described below will apply to them:
|
|
|
|
|
The warrants will be issued in fully registered form. Holders
may exchange their warrants for certificates representing a
smaller or larger number of warrants, as long as the total
number of warrants is not changed.
|
|
|
|
Holders may exchange or transfer their warrants at the office of
the warrant agent. They may also replace lost, stolen, destroyed
or mutilated warrants at that office. We may appoint another
entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.
|
|
|
|
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange their warrants, but they may be required to pay any
tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
exchange. The transfer or exchange, and any replacement, will be
made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the
holders proof of legal ownership. The transfer agent may
also require an indemnity before replacing any warrants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If we have the right to redeem, accelerate or settle any
warrants before their expiration, and we exercise our right as
to less than all those warrants, we may block the transfer or
exchange of those warrants during the period beginning
15 days before the day we mail the notice of exercise and
ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list
of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to
register transfers of or exchange any warrant selected for early
settlement, except that we will continue to permit transfers and
exchanges of the unsettled portion of any warrant being
partially settled.
|
Only the depositary will be entitled to transfer or exchange a
warrant in global form, because it will be the sole holder of
the warrant.
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
The warrant agreements and any warrants issued under the warrant
agreements will not restrict our ability to merge or consolidate
with, or sell our assets to, another corporation or other entity
or to engage in any other transactions. If at any time we merge
or consolidate with, or sell substantially all of our assets to,
another corporation or other entity, the successor entity will
succeed to and assume our obligations under the warrants and
warrant agreements. We will then be relieved of any further
obligation under the warrants and warrant agreements. It is
possible that this type of transaction may result in a reduction
in our credit rating, may reduce our operating results or may
impair our financial condition. Holders of our warrants,
however, will have no right to vote with respect to any
transaction of this type.
No Events
of Default
The warrant agreements and any warrants issued under the warrant
agreements also will not provide for any specific events of
default.
Modification
of the Warrant Agreement
There are three types of amendments that we and the applicable
warrant agent may make to any warrant agreement or warrants
issued under that warrant agreement:
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, we may not amend any particular
warrant or a warrant agreement with respect to any particular
warrant unless we obtain the consent of the holder of that
warrant, if the amendment would:
|
|
|
|
|
change the exercise price of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
change the kind or reduce the amount of the warrant property or
other consideration receivable upon exercise, cancellation or
expiration of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
shorten, advance or defer the period of time during which the
holder may exercise the warrant or otherwise impair the
holders right to exercise the warrant; or
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of outstanding, unexpired warrants of any
series or class the consent of whose holders is required to
amend the series or class, or the applicable warrant agreement
with regard to that series or class, as described below.
|
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. Second, any
other change to a particular warrant agreement and the warrants
issued under that agreement would require the following approval:
|
|
|
|
|
If the change affects only the warrants of a particular series
issued under that warrant agreement, the change must be approved
by the holders of a majority of the outstanding, unexpired
warrants of that series.
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
If the change affects the warrants of more than one series
issued under that warrant agreement, the change must be approved
by the holders of a majority of all outstanding, unexpired
warrants of all series affected by the change, with the warrants
of all the affected series voting together as one class for this
purpose.
|
Changes Not Requiring Approval. Third, we and
the applicable warrant agent may amend any warrant or warrant
agreement without the consent of any holder:
|
|
|
|
|
to cure any ambiguity;
|
|
|
|
to cure, correct or supplement any defective or inconsistent
provision; or
|
|
|
|
to make any other change that we believe is necessary or
desirable and will not adversely affect the interests of the
affected holders in any material respect.
|
We do not need any approval to make changes that affect only
warrants to be issued after the changes take effect. We may also
make changes that do not adversely affect a particular warrant
in any material respect, even if they adversely affect other
warrants in a material respect. In those cases, we do not need
to obtain the approval of the holder of the unaffected warrant;
we need only obtain any required approvals from the holders of
the affected warrants.
Payments
and Notices
We will describe the plan we will use to make payments and give
notices with respect to our warrants issued under the warrant
indenture or warrant agreements in a separate supplement to this
prospectus.
Calculation
Agent
Calculations relating to warrants will be made by the
calculation agent, an institution that we appoint as our agent
for this purpose. That institution may be a subsidiary of ours.
The prospectus supplement for a particular warrant will name the
institution that we have appointed to act as the calculation
agent for that warrant as of its original issue date. We may
appoint a different institution to serve as calculation agent
from time to time after the original issue date of the warrant
without your consent and without notifying you of the change.
The calculation agents determination of any amount of
money payable or warrant property deliverable with respect to a
warrant will be final and binding in the absence of manifest
error.
28
DESCRIPTION
OF PURCHASE CONTRACTS AIG MAY OFFER
References to AIG, us, we or
our in this section mean American International
Group, Inc., and do not include the subsidiaries of American
International Group, Inc. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own purchase contracts
registered in their own names, on the books that we or our agent
maintain for this purpose, and not those who own beneficial
interests in purchase contracts registered in street name or in
purchase contracts issued in book-entry form through one or more
depositaries. When we refer to you in this section,
we mean those who invest in the securities being offered by this
prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect owners
of those securities. Owners of beneficial interests in the
purchase contracts should read the section below entitled
Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance.
General
We may issue purchase contracts in such amounts and in as many
distinct series as we wish. In addition, we may issue a purchase
contract separately or as part of a unit, as described below
under Description of Units AIG May Offer.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the purchase contracts. In this summary, we describe
the meaning of only some of the more important terms.
As you read this section, please remember that the specific
terms of your purchase contract as described in your prospectus
supplement will supplement and, if applicable, may modify or
replace the general terms described in this section. If there
are differences between your prospectus supplement and this
prospectus, your prospectus supplement will control. Thus, the
statements we make in this section may not apply to your
purchase contract.
When we refer to a series of purchase contracts, we mean all the
purchase contracts issued as part of the same series under the
applicable governing instrument. The purchase contracts and any
governing documents will be governed by New York law. When we
refer to your prospectus supplement, we mean the prospectus
supplement describing the specific terms of the purchase
contract you purchase. The terms used in your prospectus
supplement will have the meanings described in this prospectus,
unless otherwise specified.
Prepaid
Purchase Contracts; Applicability of Debt Indenture
Some purchase contracts may require the holders to satisfy their
obligations under the contracts at the time the contracts are
issued. We refer to those contracts as prepaid purchase
contracts. Our obligation to settle a prepaid purchase
contract on the relevant settlement date will be subject to the
holders delivery of one of our senior or subordinated debt
securities, which are described above under Description of
Debt Securities AIG May Offer. Prepaid purchase contracts
will be issued under the senior or subordinated debt indenture,
and the provisions of the applicable indenture will govern those
contracts.
Non-Prepaid
Purchase Contracts; No Trust Indenture Act
Protection
Some purchase contracts do not require the holders to satisfy
their obligations under the contracts until settlement. We refer
to those contracts as non-prepaid purchase
contracts. The holder of a non-prepaid purchase contract
may remain obligated to perform under the contract for a
substantial period of time.
Non-prepaid purchase contracts will be issued under a unit
agreement, if they are issued in units, or under some other
document, if they are not. For example, we may issue non-prepaid
purchase contracts under which the holder has multiple
obligations to purchase or sell, some of which are prepaid and
some of which are not, under one of our indentures. We describe
unit agreements generally under Description of Units AIG
May Offer below. We will describe the particular governing
document that applies to your non-prepaid purchase contracts in
your prospectus supplement.
29
Non-prepaid purchase contracts will not be senior debt
securities or subordinated debt securities and will not be
issued under an indenture, unless we say otherwise in your
prospectus supplement. Consequently, no governing documents for
non-prepaid purchase contracts will be qualified as indentures,
and no third party will be required to qualify as a trustee with
regard to those contracts, under the Trust Indenture Act.
Holders of non-prepaid purchase contracts will not have the
protection of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to those
contracts.
Principal
Purchase Contract Terms
We may issue purchase contracts for the purchase or sale of, or
whose cash value is determined by reference or linked to the
performance, level or value of, one or more of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
securities of one or more issuers, including our common or
preferred stock or other securities described in this prospectus
or debt or equity securities of third parties;
|
|
|
|
one or more currencies;
|
|
|
|
one or more commodities;
|
|
|
|
any other financial, economic or other measure or instrument,
including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or
circumstance; and
|
|
|
|
one or more indices or baskets of the items described above.
|
We refer to each property described above as a purchase
contract property. Each purchase contract will obligate:
|
|
|
|
|
the holder to purchase or sell, and obligate us to sell or
purchase, on specified dates, one or more purchase contract
properties at a specified price or prices; or
|
|
|
|
the holder or us to settle the purchase contract by reference to
the value, performance or level of one or more purchase contract
properties, on specified dates and at a specified price or
prices.
|
Some purchase contracts may include multiple obligations to
purchase or sell different purchase contract properties, and
both we and the holder may be sellers or buyers under the same
purchase contract. Until a purchase contract is properly
exercised, no holder of a purchase contract will have any rights
of a holder of the purchase contract property purchasable under
the contract.
An investment in purchase contracts may involve special risks,
including risks associated with indexed securities and
currency-related risks if the purchase contract or purchase
contract property is linked to an index or is payable in or
otherwise linked to a
non-U.S. dollar
currency. We describe some of these risks below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and Risk
Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities.
Your prospectus supplement may contain, where applicable, the
following information about your purchase contract:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract obligates the holder to purchase
or sell, or both purchase and sell, one or more purchase
contract properties and the nature and amount of each of those
properties, or the method of determining those amounts;
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract is to be prepaid or not and the
governing document for the contract;
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract is to be settled by delivery, or
by reference or linkage to the value, performance or level of,
the purchase contract properties;
|
|
|
|
any acceleration, cancellation, termination or other provisions
relating to the settlement of the purchase contract;
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract will be issued as part of a unit
and, if so, the other securities comprising the unit and whether
any unit securities will be subject to a security interest in
our favor as described below; and
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract will be issued in fully registered
or bearer form and in global or non-global form.
|
If we issue a purchase contract as part of a unit, your
prospectus supplement will state whether the contract will be
separable from the other securities in the unit before the
contract settlement date.
Market-Making
Transactions
One or more of our subsidiaries may resell purchase contracts
after their initial issuance in market-making transactions. We
describe these transactions below under Plan of
Distribution Market-Making Resales by
Subsidiaries. We may also purchase, in our discretion,
purchase contracts to be held, resold or canceled.
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless we specify otherwise in your prospectus supplement, we
will issue each purchase contract in global i.e.,
book-entry form only. Purchase contracts in
book-entry form will be represented by a global security
registered in the name of a depositary, which will be the holder
of all the purchase contracts represented by the global
security. Those who own beneficial interests in a purchase
contract will do so through participants in the
depositarys system, and the rights of these indirect
owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of
the depositary and its participants. We describe book-entry
securities under Legal Ownership and Book-Entry
Issuance.
In addition, we will issue each purchase contract in registered
form, unless we say otherwise in your prospectus supplement.
If any purchase contracts are issued in non-global form, the
following will apply to them:
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase contracts will be issued in fully registered form.
Holders may exchange their purchase contracts for contracts of
smaller or larger number as long as the total number of
contracts is not changed.
|
|
|
|
Holders may exchange or transfer their purchase contracts at the
office of the trustee, unit agent or other agent we name in the
prospectus supplement. Holders may also replace lost, stolen,
destroyed or mutilated purchase contracts at that office. We may
appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform
them ourselves.
|
|
|
|
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange their purchase contracts, but they may be required
to pay for any tax or other governmental charge associated with
the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange, and any
replacement, will be made only if our transfer agent is
satisfied with the holders proof of legal ownership. The
transfer agent may also require an indemnity before replacing
any purchase contracts.
|
|
|
|
If we have the right to redeem, accelerate or settle any
purchase contracts before their maturity, and we exercise our
right as to less than all those purchase contracts, we may block
the transfer or exchange of those purchase contracts during the
period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice
of exercise and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to
freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also
refuse to register transfers of or exchange any purchase
contract selected for early settlement, except that we will
continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unsettled
portion of any purchase contract being partially settled.
|
31
Only the depositary will be entitled to transfer or exchange a
purchase contract in global form, because it will be the sole
holder of the purchase contract.
Additional
Terms of Non-Prepaid Purchase Contracts
In addition to the general terms described above, a non-prepaid
purchase contract may include the following additional terms
described below.
Pledge by
Holders to Secure Performance
If we specify in your prospectus supplement, the holders
obligations under the purchase contract and governing document
will be secured by collateral. In that case, the holder, acting
through the unit agent as its attorney-in-fact, if applicable,
will pledge the items described below to a collateral agent
named in the prospectus supplement, which will hold them, for
our benefit, as collateral to secure the holders
obligations. We refer to this as the pledge and all
the items described below as the pledged items. The
pledge will create in our favor a security interest in the
holders entire interest in and to:
|
|
|
|
|
any other securities included in the unit, if the purchase
contract is part of a unit, or any other property specified in
the prospectus supplement;
|
|
|
|
all additions to and substitutions for the pledged items;
|
|
|
|
all income, proceeds and collections received in respect of the
pledged items; and
|
|
|
|
all powers and rights owned or acquired later with respect to
the pledged items.
|
The collateral agent will forward all payments from the pledged
items to us, unless the payments have been released from the
pledge in accordance with the purchase contract and the
governing document. We will use the payments from the pledged
items to satisfy the holders obligations under the
purchase contract.
Settlement
of Purchase Contracts that are Part of Units
The following will apply to a non-prepaid purchase contract that
is issued together with any of our debt securities as part of a
unit. If the holder fails to satisfy its obligations under the
purchase contract, the unit agent may apply the principal
payments on the debt securities to satisfy those obligations as
provided in the governing document. If the holder is permitted
to settle its obligations by cash payment, the holder may be
permitted to do so by delivering the debt securities in the unit
to the unit agent as provided in the governing document.
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT OWNERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW TO SETTLE THEIR PURCHASE CONTRACTS.
Failure
of Holder to Perform Obligations under a Non-Prepaid Purchase
Contract
If the holder fails to settle its obligations under a
non-prepaid purchase contract as required, the holder will not
receive the purchase contract property or other consideration to
be delivered at settlement. Holders that fail to make timely
settlement may also be obligated to pay interest or other
amounts.
Assumption
of Obligations by Transferee
When the holder of a non-prepaid purchase contract transfers the
purchase contract to a new holder, the new holder will assume
the obligations of the prior holder with respect to the purchase
contract, and the
32
prior holder will be released from those obligations. Under the
non-prepaid purchase contract, we will consent to the transfer
of the purchase contract, to the assumption of those obligations
by the new holder and to the release of the prior holder, if the
transfer is made in accordance with the provisions of the
purchase contract.
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
Purchase contracts that are not prepaid will not restrict our
ability to merge or consolidate with, or sell our assets to,
another corporation or firm or to engage in any other
transactions. If at any time we merge or consolidate with, or
sell substantially all of our assets to, another corporation or
firm, the successor corporation or firm will succeed to and
assume our obligations, under these purchase contracts. We will
then be relieved of any further obligation under these purchase
contracts. It is possible that this type of transaction may
result in a reduction in our credit rating, may reduce our
operating results or may impair our financial condition. Holders
of our purchase contracts, however, will have no right to vote
with respect to any transaction of this type.
No Events
of Default
Purchase contracts that are not prepaid will not provide for any
specific events of default.
Payments
and Notices
We will describe the plan that we will use to make payments and
give notices with respect to purchase contracts in a separate
supplement to this prospectus.
Calculation
Agent
Calculations relating to purchase contracts will be made by the
calculation agent, an institution that we appoint as our agent
for this purpose. That institution may be a subsidiary of ours.
The prospectus supplement for a particular purchase contract
will name the institution that we have appointed to act as the
calculation agent for that purchase contract as of its original
issue date. We may appoint a different institution to serve as
calculation agent from time to time after the original issue
date of the purchase contract without your consent and without
notifying you of the change.
The calculation agents determination of any amount of
money payable of purchase contract property deliverable with
respect to a purchase contract will be final and binding in the
absence of manifest error.
33
DESCRIPTION
OF UNITS AIG MAY OFFER
References to AIG, us, we or
our in this section mean American International
Group, Inc., and do not include the subsidiaries of American
International Group, Inc. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own units registered in their
own names, on the books that we or our agent maintain for this
purpose, and not those who own beneficial interests in units
registered in street name or in units issued in book-entry form
through one or more depositaries. When we refer to
you in this section, we mean those who invest in the
securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are
the holders or only indirect owners of those securities. Owners
of beneficial interests in the units should read the section
below entitled Legal Ownership and Book-Entry
Issuance.
General
We may issue units comprised of any combination of our debt
securities, warrants, purchase contracts, junior subordinated
debentures, preferred stock and common stock. Each unit will be
issued so that the holder of the unit is also the holder of each
security included in the unit. Thus, the holder of a unit will
have the rights and obligations of a holder of each included
security. The unit agreement under which a unit is issued may
provide that the securities included in the unit may not be held
or transferred separately, at any time or at any time before a
specified date.
We may issue units in such amounts and in as many distinct
series as we wish. This section summarizes terms of the units
that apply generally to all series. We describe most of the
financial and other specific terms of your series in the
prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus. Those terms
may vary from the terms described here.
As you read this section, please remember that the specific
terms of your unit as described in your prospectus supplement
will supplement and, if applicable, may modify or replace the
general terms described in this section. If there are
differences between your prospectus supplement and this
prospectus, your prospectus supplement will control. Thus, the
statements we make in this section may not apply to your unit.
When we refer to a series of units, we mean all units issued as
part of the same series under the applicable unit agreement. We
will identify the series of which your units are a part in your
prospectus supplement. When we refer to your prospectus
supplement, we mean the prospectus supplement describing the
specific terms of the units you purchase. The terms used in your
prospectus supplement will have the meanings described in this
prospectus, unless otherwise specified.
The applicable prospectus supplement may describe:
|
|
|
|
|
the designation and terms of the units and of the securities
comprising the units, including whether and under what
circumstances those securities may be held or transferred
separately;
|
|
|
|
any provisions of the governing unit agreement that differ from
those described below; and
|
|
|
|
any provisions for the issuance, payment, settlement, transfer
or exchange of the units or of the securities comprising the
units.
|
The applicable provisions described in this section, as well as
those described under Description of Debt Securities AIG
May Offer, Description of Warrants AIG May
Offer, Description of Purchase Contracts AIG May
Offer, Description of Junior Subordinated Debentures
AIG May Offer, Description of Preferred Stock AIG
May Offer and Description of Common Stock AIG May
Offer, will apply to each unit and to each security
included in each unit, respectively.
Unit
Agreements Will Not Be Qualified under Trust Indenture
Act
No unit agreement will be qualified as an indenture, and no unit
agent will be required to qualify as a trustee, under the
Trust Indenture Act. Therefore, holders of units issued
under unit agreements will not have the protections of the
Trust Indenture Act with respect to their units.
34
An investment in units may involve special risks, including
risks associated with indexed securities and currency-related
risks if the securities comprising the units are linked to an
index or are payable in or otherwise linked to a
non-U.S. dollar
currency. We describe some of these risks below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and Risk
Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities.
Market-Making
Transactions
One or more of our subsidiaries may purchase and resell units
after their initial issuance in market-making transactions. We
discuss these transactions below under Plan of
Distribution Market-Making Resales by
Subsidiaries.
Unit
Agreements: Prepaid, Non-Prepaid and Other
We will issue the units under one or more unit agreements to be
entered into between us and a bank or other financial
institution, as unit agent. We may add, replace or terminate
unit agents from time to time. We may also choose to act as our
own unit agent or may appoint one of our subsidiaries to do so.
We will identify the unit agreement under which your units will
be issued and the unit agent under that agreement in your
prospectus supplement.
If a unit includes one or more purchase contracts and all those
purchase contracts are prepaid purchase contracts, we will issue
the unit under a prepaid unit agreement. Prepaid
unit agreements will reflect the fact that the holders of the
related units have no further obligations under the purchase
contracts included in their units. If a unit includes one or
more non-prepaid purchase contracts, we will issue the unit
under a non-prepaid unit agreement. Non-prepaid unit
agreements will reflect the fact that the holders have payment
or other obligations under one or more of the purchase contracts
comprising their units. We may also issue units under other
kinds of unit agreements, which we will describe in your
prospectus supplement. In some cases, we may issue units under
one of our indentures.
A unit agreement may also serve as the governing document for a
security included in a unit. For example, a non-prepaid purchase
contract that is part of a unit may be issued under and governed
by the relevant unit agreement.
In this prospectus, we refer to prepaid unit agreements,
non-prepaid unit agreements and other unit agreements,
generally, as unit agreements. The unit agreements
and the units will be governed by New York law. The unit
agreement under which we issue your units will be filed with the
SEC, either as an exhibit to an amendment to the registration
statement of which this prospectus forms a part or as an exhibit
to a current report on
Form 8-K.
See Where You Can Find More Information below for
information on how to obtain a copy of a unit agreement when it
is filed.
Principal
Unit Agreement Terms
The following provisions will generally apply to all unit
agreements unless otherwise stated in your prospectus supplement.
Enforcement
of Rights
The unit agent under a unit agreement will act solely as our
agent in connection with the units issued under that agreement.
The unit agent will not assume any obligation or relationship of
agency or trust for or with any holders of those units or of the
securities comprising those units. The unit agent will not be
obligated to take any action on behalf of those holders to
enforce or protect their rights under the units or the included
securities.
Except as described in the next paragraph, a holder of a unit
may, without the consent of the unit agent or any other holder,
enforce its rights as holder under any security included in the
unit, in accordance with the terms of that security and the
indenture, warrant agreement or purchase contract under which
that security is
35
issued. Those terms are described elsewhere in this prospectus
under the sections relating to debt securities, warrants and
purchase contracts.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a unit agreement may limit or
otherwise affect the ability of a holder of units issued under
that agreement to enforce its rights, including any right to
bring a legal action, with respect to those units or any
securities, other than debt securities, prepaid purchase
contracts or warrants issued under an indenture qualified under
the Trust Indenture Act, that are included in those units.
Limitations of this kind will be described in your prospectus
supplement.
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless otherwise stated in your prospectus supplement, we will
issue each unit in global i.e.,
book-entry form only. Units in book-entry form will
be represented by a global security registered in the name of a
depositary, which will be the holder of all the units
represented by the global security. Those who own beneficial
interests in a unit will do so through participants in the
depositarys system, and the rights of these indirect
owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of
the depositary and its participants. We describe book-entry
securities below under Legal Ownership and Book-Entry
Issuance.
In addition, we will issue each unit in registered form, unless
we say otherwise in the prospectus supplement. Each unit and all
securities comprising the unit will be issued in the same form.
If we issue any units in registered, non-global form, the
following will apply to them:
|
|
|
|
|
The units will be issued in fully registered form. Holders may
exchange their units for units of smaller or larger number, as
long as the total number of units is not changed.
|
|
|
|
Holders may exchange or transfer their units at the office of
the unit agent. Holders may also replace lost, stolen, destroyed
or mutilated units at that office. We may appoint another entity
to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.
|
|
|
|
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange their units, but they may be required to pay for any
tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or
exchange. The transfer or exchange, and any replacement, will be
made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the
holders proof of legal ownership. The transfer agent may
also require an indemnity before replacing any units.
|
|
|
|
If we have the right to redeem, accelerate or settle any units
before their maturity, and we exercise our right as to less than
all those units or other securities, we may block the exchange
or transfer of those units during the period beginning
15 days before the day we mail the notice of exercise and
ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list
of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to
register transfers of or to exchange any unit selected for early
settlement, except that we will continue to permit transfers and
exchanges of the unsettled portion of any unit being partially
settled. We may also block the transfer or exchange of any unit
in this manner if the unit includes securities that are or may
be selected for early settlement.
|
Only the depositary will be entitled to transfer or exchange a
unit in global form, since it will be the sole holder of the
unit.
36
Modification
and Waiver of the Units
There are three types of changes we can make to the unit
agreement and the units issued under that unit agreement:
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, we may not amend any particular
unit or a unit agreement with respect to any particular unit
unless we obtain the consent of the holder of that unit, if the
amendment would:
|
|
|
|
|
impair any right of the holder to exercise or enforce any right
under a security included in the unit if the terms of that
security require the consent of the holder to any changes that
would impair the exercise or enforcement of that right;
|
|
|
|
impair the right of the holder to purchase or sell, as the case
may be, the purchase contract property under any non-prepaid
purchase contract issued under the unit agreement, or to require
delivery of or payment for that property when due; or
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of outstanding units of any series or
class the consent of whose holders is required to amend that
series or class, or the applicable unit agreement with respect
to that series or class, as described below.
|
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. Second, any
other change to a particular unit agreement and the units issued
under that agreement would require the following approval:
|
|
|
|
|
If the change affects only the units of a particular series, it
must be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding
units of that series.
|
|
|
|
If the change affects the units of more than one series issued
under that agreement, it must be approved by the holders of a
majority of all outstanding units of all series affected by the
change, with the units of all the affected series voting
together as one class for this purpose.
|
These provisions regarding changes with majority approval apply
to changes affecting any securities issued under a unit
agreement, as the governing document.
Changes Not Requiring Approval. Third, we and
the applicable unit agent may amend any unit or unit agreement
without the consent of any holder:
|
|
|
|
|
to cure any ambiguity;
|
|
|
|
to correct or supplement any defective or inconsistent
provision; or
|
|
|
|
to make any other change that we believe is necessary or
desirable and will not adversely affect in any material respect
the interests of the affected holders.
|
We do not need any approval to make changes that affect only
units to be issued after the changes take effect. We may also
make changes that do not adversely affect in any material
respect a particular unit, even if they adversely affect in any
material respect other units. In those cases, we do not need to
obtain the approval of the holder of the unaffected unit; we
need only obtain any required approvals from the holders of the
affected units.
The foregoing applies also to any security issued under a unit
agreement, as the governing document.
37
Additional
Provisions of a Non-Prepaid Unit Agreement
In addition to the provisions described above, a non-prepaid
unit agreement will include the provisions described below:
Obligations
of Unit Holder
Each holder of units issued under a non-prepaid unit agreement
will:
|
|
|
|
|
be bound by the terms of each non-prepaid purchase contract
included in the holders units and by the terms of the unit
agreement with respect to those contracts; and
|
|
|
|
appoint the unit agent as its authorized agent to execute,
deliver and perform on the holders behalf each non-prepaid
purchase contract included in the holders units.
|
The unit agreement for a unit that includes a non-prepaid
purchase contract will also include provisions regarding the
holders pledge of collateral and special settlement
provisions. These are described above under Description of
Purchase Contracts AIG May Offer Additional Terms of
Non-Prepaid Purchase Contracts.
Failure
of Holder to Perform Obligations
If the holder fails to settle its obligations under a
non-prepaid purchase contract included in a unit as required,
the holder will not receive the purchase contract property or
other consideration to be delivered at settlement of the
purchase contract. Holders that fail to make timely settlement
may also be obligated to pay interest or other amounts.
Assumption
of Obligations by Transferee
When the holder of a unit issued under a non-prepaid unit
agreement transfers the unit to a new holder, the new holder
will assume the obligations of the prior holder with respect to
each purchase contract included in the unit, and the prior
holder will be released from those obligations. Under the
non-prepaid unit agreement, we will consent to the transfer of
the unit, to the assumption of those obligations by the new
holder and to the release of the prior holder, if the transfer
is made in accordance with the provisions of that agreement.
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
The non-prepaid unit agreements will not restrict our ability to
merge or consolidate with, or sell our assets to, another
corporation or firm or to engage in any other transactions. If
at any time we merge or consolidate with, or sell substantially
all of our assets to, another corporation or firm, the successor
corporation or firm will succeed to and assume our obligations
under the unit agreements. We will then be relieved of any
further obligation under the units and the unit agreements. It
is possible that this type of transaction may result in a
reduction in our credit rating, may reduce our operating results
or may impair our financial condition. Holders of units will
have no right to vote with respect to any transaction of this
type.
No Events
of Default
The non-prepaid unit agreements will not provide for any
specific events of default.
Payments
and Notices
We will describe the plan we will use to make payments and give
notices with respect to our units in a separate supplement to
this prospectus.
38
DESCRIPTION
OF PREFERRED STOCK AIG MAY OFFER
References to AIG, us, we or
our in this section mean American International
Group, Inc., and do not include the subsidiaries of American
International Group, Inc. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own shares of preferred stock
or depositary shares, as the case may be, registered in their
own names, on the books that the registrar or we maintain for
this purpose, and not those who own beneficial interests in
shares registered in street name or in shares issued in
book-entry form through one or more depositaries. When we refer
to you in this section, we mean all purchasers of
the securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they
are the holders or only indirect owners of those securities.
Owners of beneficial interests in shares of preferred stock or
depositary shares should read the section below entitled
Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance.
General
We may issue preferred stock in one or more series. We may also
reopen a previously issued series of preferred stock
and issue additional preferred stock of that series. In
addition, we may issue preferred stock together with other
preferred stock, debt securities, warrants, purchase contracts
and common stock in the form of units as described above under
Description of Units AIG May Offer. This section
summarizes terms of the preferred stock that apply generally to
all series. The description of most of the financial and other
specific terms of your series will be in your prospectus
supplement. Those terms may vary from the terms described here.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the preferred stock and any related depositary shares.
As you read this section, please remember that the specific
terms of your series of preferred stock and any related
depositary shares as described in your prospectus supplement
will supplement and, if applicable, may modify or replace the
general terms described in this section. If there are
differences between your prospectus supplement and this
prospectus, your prospectus supplement will control. Thus, the
statements we make in this section may not apply to your series
of preferred stock or any related depositary shares.
Reference to a series of preferred stock means all of the shares
of preferred stock issued as part of the same series under a
certificate of designations filed as part of our restated
certificate of incorporation. Reference to your prospectus
supplement means the prospectus supplement describing the
specific terms of the preferred stock and any related depositary
shares you purchase. The terms used in your prospectus
supplement will have the meanings described in this prospectus,
unless otherwise specified.
Our authorized capital stock includes 6,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $5.00 per share. The preferred stock
will be governed by Delaware law. We do not have any preferred
stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. The
prospectus supplement with respect to any offered preferred
stock will describe any preferred stock that may be outstanding
as of the date of the prospectus supplement.
Preferred
Stock Issued in Separate Series
The authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock are
available for issuance from time to time at the discretion of
our board of directors without shareholder approval. Our board
of directors is authorized to divide the preferred stock into
series and, with respect to each series, to determine the
designations, the powers, preferences and rights and the
qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the series,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
dividend rights;
|
|
|
|
conversion or exchange rights;
|
|
|
|
voting rights;
|
|
|
|
redemption rights and terms;
|
|
|
|
liquidation preferences;
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
sinking fund provisions;
|
|
|
|
the serial designation of the series; and
|
|
|
|
the number of shares constituting the series.
|
In addition, as described below under
Fractional or Multiple Shares of Preferred
Stock Issued as Depositary Shares, we may, at our option,
instead of offering whole individual shares of any series of
preferred stock, offer depositary shares evidenced by depositary
receipts, each representing a fraction of a share or some
multiple of shares of the particular series of preferred stock
issued and deposited with a depositary. The fraction of a share
or multiple of shares of preferred stock which each depositary
share represents will be stated in the prospectus supplement
relating to any series of preferred stock offered through
depositary shares.
The rights of holders of preferred stock may be adversely
affected by the rights of holders of preferred stock that may be
issued in the future. Our board of directors may cause shares of
preferred stock to be issued in public or private transactions
for any proper corporate purpose. Examples of proper corporate
purposes include issuances to obtain additional financing for
acquisitions and issuances to officers, directors and employees
under their respective benefit plans. Our issuance of shares of
preferred stock may have the effect of discouraging or making
more difficult an acquisition.
Preferred stock will be fully paid and nonassessable when
issued, which means that our holders will have paid their
purchase price in full and that we may not ask them to surrender
additional funds. Unless otherwise provided in your prospectus
supplement, holders of preferred stock will not have preemptive
or subscription rights to acquire more stock of AIG.
The transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and
redemption agent for shares of each series of preferred stock
will be named in the prospectus supplement relating to that
series.
Market-Making
Transactions
One or more of our subsidiaries may purchase and resell
preferred stock and depositary shares after their initial
issuance in market-making transactions. We describe these
transactions below under Plan of Distribution
Market-Making Resales by Subsidiaries. We may
also purchase, in our discretion, preferred stock and depositary
shares to be held, resold or canceled.
Form of
Preferred Stock and Depositary Shares
We may issue preferred stock in book-entry form. Preferred stock
in book-entry form will be represented by a global security
registered in the name of a depositary, which will be the holder
of all the shares of preferred stock represented by the global
security. Those who own beneficial interests in shares of
preferred stock will do so through participants in the
depositarys system, and the rights of these indirect
owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of
the depositary and its participants. However, beneficial owners
of any preferred stock in book-entry form will have the right to
obtain their shares in non-global form. We describe book-entry
securities below under Legal Ownership and Book-Entry
Issuance. All preferred stock will be issued in registered
form.
We will issue depositary shares in book-entry form, to the same
extent as we describe above for preferred stock. All depositary
shares will be issued in registered form.
Overview
of Remainder of this Description
The remainder of this description summarizes:
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stockholders Rights relative to common
stockholders, such as the right of preferred stockholders to
receive dividends and amounts on our liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up
before any such amounts may be paid to our common shareholders;
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to issue Fractional or Multiple Shares of
Preferred Stock in the Form of Depositary Shares; and
|
|
|
|
various provisions of the Deposit Agreement, including
how distributions are made, how holders vote their depositary
shares and how we may amend the Deposit Agreement.
|
Preferred
Stockholders Rights
Rank
Shares of each series of preferred stock will rank senior to our
common stock with respect to dividends and distributions of
assets. However, we will generally be able to pay dividends and
distributions of assets to holders of our preferred stock only
if we have satisfied our obligations on our indebtedness then
due and payable.
Dividends
Holders of each series of preferred stock will be entitled to
receive cash dividends when, as and if declared by our board of
directors, from funds legally available for the payment of
dividends. The rates and dates of payment of dividends for each
series of preferred stock will be stated in your prospectus
supplement. Dividends will be payable to holders of record of
preferred stock as they appear on our books on the record dates
fixed by our board of directors. Dividends on any series of
preferred stock may be cumulative or noncumulative, as set forth
in the prospectus supplement.
Redemption
If specified in your prospectus supplement, a series of
preferred stock may be redeemable at any time, in whole or in
part, at our option or the holders, and may be redeemed
mandatorily.
Any restriction on the repurchase or redemption by us of our
preferred stock while there is an arrearage in the payment of
dividends will be described in your prospectus supplement.
Any partial redemptions of preferred stock will be made in a way
that our board of directors decides is equitable.
Unless we default in the payment of the redemption price,
dividends will cease to accrue after the redemption date on
shares of preferred stock called for redemption and all rights
of holders of these shares, including voting rights, will
terminate except for the right to receive the redemption price.
Conversion
or Exchange Rights
Our prospectus supplement relating to any series of preferred
stock that is convertible, exercisable or exchangeable will
state the terms on which shares of that series are convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock,
another series of preferred stock or other securities or debt or
equity securities of third parties.
Liquidation
Preference
Upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of AIG, holders of each series of preferred stock
will be entitled to receive distributions upon liquidation in
the amount described in your prospectus supplement, plus an
amount equal to any accrued and unpaid dividends. These
distributions will be made before any distribution is made on
our common stock. If the liquidation amounts payable relating to
the preferred stock of any series and any other parity
securities ranking on a parity regarding liquidation rights are
not paid in full, the holders of the preferred stock of that
series and the other parity securities will share in any
distribution of our available assets on a ratable basis in
proportion to the full liquidation preferences of each security.
Holders of our preferred stock will not be entitled to any other
amounts from us after they have received their full liquidation
preference and accrued and unpaid dividends.
41
Voting
Rights
The holders of preferred stock of each series will have no
voting rights, except:
|
|
|
|
|
as stated in the prospectus supplement and in the certificate of
designations establishing the series; or
|
|
|
|
as required by applicable law.
|
Limitations
on Rights
We have previously issued junior subordinated debentures that
contain provisions that restrict our activities with respect to
our preferred stock. Specifically, the issued debentures provide
that if an event of default has occurred and is continuing with
respect to the issued debentures or we have given notice of our
election to defer interest payments on the issued debentures but
the related deferral period has not yet commenced or a deferral
period is continuing, then we will not, and will not permit any
of our subsidiaries to: (a) declare or pay any dividends or
distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a
liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of our capital
stock, (b) make any payment of principal of, or interest or
premium, if any, on, or repay, purchase or redeem any of our
debt securities that upon our liquidation rank pari passu
with or junior to the issued debentures or (c) make any
guarantee payments with respect to any of our guarantees of the
securities of any subsidiary if such guarantee ranks pari
passu with, or junior in interest to, the issued debentures.
However, these limitations do not apply to:
|
|
|
|
|
purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of our
capital stock in connection with (a) any employment benefit
plan or other compensatory contract or arrangement; or the
Assurance Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, by AIG in
favor of eligible employees and relating to specified
obligations of Starr International Company, Inc. (as such
agreement may be amended, supplemented, extended, modified or
replaced from time to time); or (b) a dividend
reinvestment, stock purchase plan or other similar plan; or
|
|
|
|
any exchange or conversion of any class or series of our capital
stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of AIG) for any
class or series of our capital stock or of any class or series
of our indebtedness for any class or series of our capital
stock; or
|
|
|
|
the purchase of fractional interests in shares of our capital
stock in accordance with the conversion or exchange provisions
of such capital stock or the security being converted or
exchanged; or
|
|
|
|
any declaration of a dividend in connection with any
stockholders rights plan, or the issuance of rights,
equity securities or other property under any stockholders
rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights in
accordance with any stockholders rights plan; or
|
|
|
|
any dividend in the form of equity securities, warrants, options
or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable
upon exercise of the warrants, options or other rights is the
same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks
on a parity with or junior to such equity securities; or
|
|
|
|
any payment during a deferral period of current or deferred
interest in respect of our debt securities that upon our
liquidation rank pari passu with the issued debentures
that is made pro rata to the amounts due on such pari
passu securities and on the issued debentures,
provided that such payments are made in accordance with
certain limitations requiring pro rata distributions
while certain market disruption events are ongoing, and any
payments of deferred interest on pari passu securities
that, if not made, would cause us to breach the terms of the
instrument governing such pari passu securities; or
|
|
|
|
any payment of principal in respect of pari passu
securities having an earlier scheduled maturity date than
the issued debentures, as required under a provision of such
pari passu securities that have similar repayment of
principal provisions as the issued debentures, or any such
payment in respect of pari passu securities having the
same scheduled maturity date as the issued debentures that is
made on a pro rata basis among one or more series of such
securities and the issued debentures; or
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
any repayment or redemption of a security necessary to avoid a
breach of the instrument governing the same.
|
In addition, if any deferral period for the issued debentures
lasts longer than one year, neither we nor any of our
subsidiaries will be permitted to purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire any securities ranking junior to or pari passu
with any common stock, certain qualifying warrants and
certain qualifying non-cumulative preferred stock, the proceeds
of which were used to settle deferred interest during the
relevant deferral period until the first anniversary of the date
on which all deferred interest has been paid, subject to the
exceptions listed above. However, if we are involved in a
business combination where immediately after its consummation
more than 50% of the surviving or resulting entitys voting
stock is owned by the shareholders of the other party to the
business combination or continuing directors cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of the surviving or resulting
entitys board of directors, then the one-year restriction
on repurchases described in the previous sentence will not apply
to any deferral period that is terminated on the next interest
payment date following the date of consummation of the business
combination.
Fractional
or Multiple Shares of Preferred Stock Issued as Depositary
Shares
We may choose to offer fractional shares or some multiple of
shares of our preferred stock, rather than whole individual
shares. If we decide to do so, we will issue the preferred stock
in the form of depositary shares. Each depositary share would
represent a fraction or multiple of a share of the preferred
stock and would be evidenced by a depositary receipt.
Deposit
Agreement
We will deposit the shares of preferred stock to be represented
by depositary shares under a deposit agreement. The parties to
the deposit agreement will be:
|
|
|
|
|
AIG;
|
|
|
|
a bank or other financial institutional selected by us and named
in the prospectus supplement, as preferred stock
depositary; and
|
|
|
|
the holders from time to time of depositary receipts issued
under that deposit agreement.
|
Each holder of a depositary share will be entitled to all the
rights and preferences of the underlying preferred stock,
including, where applicable, dividend, voting, redemption,
conversion and liquidation rights, in proportion to the
applicable fraction or multiple of a share of preferred stock
represented by the depositary share. The depositary shares will
be evidenced by depositary receipts issued under the deposit
agreement. The depositary receipts will be distributed to those
persons purchasing the fractional or multiple shares of
preferred stock. A depositary receipt may evidence any number of
whole depositary shares.
We will file the deposit agreement, including the form of
depositary receipt, with the SEC, either as an exhibit to an
amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus
forms a part or as an exhibit to a current report on
Form 8-K.
See Where You Can Find More Information below for
information on how to obtain a copy of the form of deposit
agreement.
Dividends
and Other Distributions
The preferred stock depositary will distribute any cash
dividends or other cash distributions received in respect of the
deposited preferred stock to the record holders of depositary
shares relating to the underlying preferred stock in proportion
to the number of depositary shares owned by the holders. The
preferred stock depositary will distribute any property received
by it other than cash to the record holders of depositary shares
entitled to those distributions, unless it determines that the
distribution cannot be made proportionally among those holders
or that it is not feasible to make a distribution. In that
event, the preferred stock depositary may, with our approval,
sell the property and distribute the net proceeds from the sale
to the holders of the depositary shares in proportion to the
number of depositary shares they own.
43
The amounts distributed to holders of depositary shares will be
reduced by any amounts required to be withheld by the preferred
stock depositary or by us on account of taxes or other
governmental charges.
Redemption
of Preferred Stock
If we redeem preferred stock represented by depositary shares,
the preferred stock depositary will redeem the depositary shares
from the proceeds it receives from the redemption. The preferred
stock depositary will redeem the depositary shares at a price
per share equal to the applicable fraction or multiple of the
redemption price per share of preferred stock. Whenever we
redeem shares of preferred stock held by the preferred stock
depositary, the preferred stock depositary will redeem as of the
same date the number of depositary shares representing the
redeemed shares of preferred stock. If fewer than all the
depositary shares are to be redeemed, the preferred stock
depositary will select the depositary shares to be redeemed by
lot or ratably or by any other equitable method it chooses.
After the date fixed for redemption, the depositary shares
called for redemption will no longer be deemed to be
outstanding, and all rights of the holders of those shares will
cease, including voting rights, except the right to receive the
amount payable and any other property to which the holders were
entitled upon the redemption. To receive this amount or other
property, the holders must surrender the depositary receipts
evidencing their depositary shares to the preferred stock
depositary. Any funds that we deposit with the preferred stock
depositary for any depositary shares that the holders fail to
redeem will be returned to us after a period of two years from
the date we deposit the funds.
Withdrawal
of Preferred Stock
Unless the related depositary shares have previously been called
for redemption, any holder of depositary shares may receive the
number of whole shares of the related series of preferred stock
and any money or other property represented by those depositary
receipts after surrendering the depositary receipts at the
corporate trust office of the preferred stock depositary, paying
any taxes, charges and fees provided for in the deposit
agreement and complying with any other requirement of the
deposit agreement. Holders of depositary shares making these
withdrawals will be entitled to receive whole shares of
preferred stock, but holders of whole shares of preferred stock
will not be entitled to deposit that preferred stock under the
deposit agreement or to receive depositary receipts for that
preferred stock after withdrawal. If the depositary shares
surrendered by the holder in connection with withdrawal exceed
the number of depositary shares that represent the number of
whole shares of preferred stock to be withdrawn, the preferred
stock depositary will deliver to that holder at the same time a
new depositary receipt evidencing the excess number of
depositary shares.
Voting
Deposited Preferred Stock
When the preferred stock depositary receives notice of any
meeting at which the holders of any series of deposited
preferred stock are entitled to vote, the preferred stock
depositary will mail the information contained in the notice to
the record holders of the depositary shares relating to the
applicable series of preferred stock. Each record holder of the
depositary shares on the record date, which will be the same
date as the record date for the preferred stock, may instruct
the preferred stock depositary to vote the amount of the
preferred stock represented by the holders depositary
shares. To the extent possible, the preferred stock depositary
will vote the amount of the series of preferred stock
represented by depositary shares in accordance with the
instructions it receives. We will agree to take all reasonable
actions that the preferred stock depositary determines are
necessary to enable the preferred stock depositary to vote as
instructed. If the preferred stock depositary does not receive
specific instructions from the holders of any depositary shares
representing a series of preferred stock, the preferred stock
depositary will vote all shares of that series in proportion to
the instructions received.
Conversion
of Preferred Stock
If our prospectus supplement relating to the depositary shares
says that the deposited preferred stock is convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, preferred stock of
another series or other
44
securities, or debt or equity securities of one or more third
parties, our depositary shares, as such, will not be convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for any securities. Rather,
any holder of the depositary shares may surrender the related
depositary receipts to the preferred stock depositary with
written instructions to instruct us to cause conversion,
exercise or exchange of our preferred stock represented by the
depositary shares into or for whole shares of common stock,
shares of another series of preferred stock or other securities
or debt or equity securities of the relevant third party, as
applicable. Upon receipt of those instructions and any amounts
payable by the holder in connection with the conversion,
exercise or exchange, we will cause the conversion, exercise or
exchange using the same procedures as those provided for
conversion, exercise or exchange of the deposited preferred
stock. If only some of the depositary shares are to be
converted, exercised or exchanged, a new depositary receipt or
receipts will be issued for any depositary shares not to be
converted, exercised or exchanged.
Amendment
and Termination of the Deposit Agreement
We may amend the form of depositary receipt evidencing the
depositary shares and any provision of the deposit agreement at
any time and from time to time by agreement with the preferred
stock depositary.
However, any amendment that imposes additional charges or
materially and adversely alters any substantial existing right
of the holders of depositary shares will not be effective unless
the holders of at least a majority of the affected depositary
shares then outstanding approve the amendment. We will make no
amendment that impairs the right of any holder of depositary
shares, as described above under Withdrawal of
Preferred Stock, to receive shares of the related series
of preferred stock and any money or other property represented
by those depositary shares, except in order to comply with
mandatory provisions of applicable law. Holders who retain or
acquire their depositary receipts after an amendment becomes
effective will be deemed to have agreed to the amendment and
will be bound by the amended deposit agreement.
The deposit agreement will automatically terminate if:
|
|
|
|
|
all outstanding depositary shares have been redeemed or
converted or exchanged for any other securities into which they
or the underlying preferred stock are convertible or
exchangeable; or
|
|
|
|
a final distribution in respect of our preferred stock has been
made to the holders of depositary shares in connection with any
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of AIG.
|
We may terminate the deposit agreement at any time, and the
preferred stock depositary will give notice of that termination
to the recordholders of all outstanding depositary receipts not
less than 30 days before the termination date. In that
event, the preferred stock depositary will deliver or make
available for delivery to holders of depositary shares, upon
surrender of the depositary receipt evidencing the depositary
shares, the number of whole or fractional shares of the related
series of preferred stock as are represented by those depositary
shares.
Charges
of Preferred Stock Depositary; Taxes and Other Governmental
Charges
We will pay the fees, charges and expenses of our preferred
stock depositary provided in the deposit agreement. Holders of
depositary receipts will pay any taxes and governmental charges
and any charges provided in the deposit agreement to be payable
by them, including a fee for the withdrawal of shares of
preferred stock upon surrender of depositary receipts. If the
preferred stock depositary incurs fees, charges or expenses for
which it is not otherwise liable at the election of a holder of
a depositary receipt or other person, that holder or other
person will be liable for those fees, charges and expenses.
Resignation
and Removal of Depositary
The preferred stock depositary may resign at any time by giving
us notice, and we may remove or replace the preferred stock
depositary at any time.
45
Reports
to Holders
We will deliver all required reports and communications to
holders of the preferred stock to the preferred stock
depositary, who will forward those reports and communications to
the holders of depositary shares.
Limitation
on Liability of the Preferred Stock Depositary
The preferred stock depositary will not be liable if we are
prevented or delayed by law or any circumstances beyond our
control in performing our obligations under the deposit
agreement. The obligations of the preferred stock depositary
under the deposit agreement will be limited to performance in
good faith of its duties under the agreement, and the preferred
stock depositary will not be obligated to prosecute or defend
any legal proceeding in respect of any depositary shares,
depositary receipts or shares of preferred stock unless
satisfactory and reasonable protection from expenses and
liability is furnished. This is called an indemnity. The
preferred stock depositary may rely upon written advice of
counsel or accountants, upon information provided by holders of
depositary receipts or other persons believed to be competent
and upon documents believed to be genuine.
46
DESCRIPTION
OF COMMON STOCK AIG MAY OFFER
AIGs authorized capital stock includes
5,000,000,000 shares of common stock (par value $2.50 per
share). As of April 30, 2007, there were
2,594,237,019 shares of common stock outstanding.
General
All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid
and nonassessable. Subject to the prior rights of the holders of
shares of preferred stock that may be issued and outstanding,
none of which are currently outstanding, the holders of common
stock are entitled to receive:
|
|
|
|
|
dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out
of funds legally available for the payment of dividends (there
are restrictions that apply under applicable insurance laws,
however, to the payment of dividends to AIG by its insurance
subsidiaries); and
|
|
|
|
in the event of dissolution of AIG, to share ratably in all
assets remaining after payment of liabilities and satisfaction
of the liquidation preferences, if any, of then outstanding
shares of preferred stock, as provided in AIGs amended and
restated certificate of incorporation.
|
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each
share held of record on all matters presented to a vote at a
shareholders meeting, including the election of directors.
Holders of common stock have no cumulative voting rights or
preemptive rights to purchase or subscribe for any additional
shares of common stock or other securities and there are no
conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with
respect to the common stock. Additional authorized shares of
common stock may be issued without shareholder approval.
Impact of
Other Securities
We have previously issued junior subordinated debentures that
contain provisions that restrict our activities with respect to
our common stock. Specifically, the issued debentures provide
that if an event of default has occurred and is continuing with
respect to the issued debentures or we have given notice of our
election to defer interest payments on the issued debentures but
the related deferral period has not yet commenced or a deferral
period is continuing, then we will not, and will not permit any
of our subsidiaries to: (a) declare or pay any dividends or
distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a
liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of our capital
stock, (b) make any payment of principal of, or interest or
premium, if any, on, or repay, purchase or redeem any of our
debt securities that upon our liquidation rank pari passu
with or junior to the issued debentures or (c) make any
guarantee payments with respect to any of our guarantees of the
securities of any subsidiary if such guarantee ranks pari
passu with, or junior in interest to, the issued debentures.
However, these limitations do not apply to:
|
|
|
|
|
purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of our
capital stock in connection with (a) any employment benefit
plan or other compensatory contract or arrangement; or the
Assurance Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, by AIG in
favor of eligible employees and relating to specified
obligations of Starr International Company, Inc. (as such
agreement may be amended, supplemented, extended, modified or
replaced from time to time); or (b) a dividend
reinvestment, stock purchase plan or other similar plan; or
|
|
|
|
any exchange or conversion of any class or series of our capital
stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of AIG) for any
class or series of our capital stock or of any class or series
of our indebtedness for any class or series of our capital
stock; or
|
|
|
|
the purchase of fractional interests in shares of our capital
stock in accordance with the conversion or exchange provisions
of such capital stock or the security being converted or
exchanged; or
|
|
|
|
any declaration of a dividend in connection with any
stockholders rights plan, or the issuance of rights,
equity securities or other property under any stockholders
rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights in
accordance with any stockholders rights plan; or
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
any dividend in the form of equity securities, warrants, options
or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable
upon exercise of the warrants, options or other rights is the
same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks
on a parity with or junior to such equity securities; or
|
|
|
|
any payment during a deferral period of current or deferred
interest in respect of our debt securities that upon our
liquidation rank pari passu with the issued debentures
that is made pro rata to the amounts due on such pari
passu securities and on the issued debentures,
provided that such payments are made in accordance with
certain limitations requiring pro rata distributions
while certain market disruption events are ongoing, and any
payments of deferred interest on pari passu securities
that, if not made, would cause us to breach the terms of the
instrument governing such pari passu securities; or
|
|
|
|
any payment of principal in respect of pari passu
securities having an earlier scheduled maturity date than
the issued debentures, as required under a provision of such
pari passu securities that have similar repayment of
principal provisions as the issued debentures, or any such
payment in respect of pari passu securities having the
same scheduled maturity date as the issued debentures that is
made on a pro rata basis among one or more series of such
securities and the issued debentures; or
|
|
|
|
any repayment or redemption of a security necessary to avoid a
breach of the instrument governing the same.
|
In addition, if any deferral period for the issued debentures
lasts longer than one year, neither we nor any of our
subsidiaries will be permitted to purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire any securities ranking junior to or pari passu
with any common stock, certain qualifying warrants and
certain qualifying non-cumulative preferred stock, the proceeds
of which were used to settle deferred interest during the
relevant deferral period until the first anniversary of the date
on which all deferred interest has been paid, subject to the
exceptions listed above. However, if we are involved in a
business combination where immediately after its consummation
more than 50% of the surviving or resulting entitys voting
stock is owned by the shareholders of the other party to the
business combination or continuing directors cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of the surviving or resulting
entitys board of directors, then the one-year restriction
on repurchases described in the previous sentence will not apply
to any deferral period that is terminated on the next interest
payment date following the date of consummation of the business
combination.
Section 203
of the Delaware General Corporation Law
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law applies
to AIG. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held
Delaware corporation from engaging in a business
combination with an interested stockholder for
a period of three years after the date of the transaction in
which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A
business combination includes a merger, asset sale
or a transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the
interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is
a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or,
in certain cases, within the preceding three years, did own) 15%
or more of the corporations outstanding voting stock.
Under Section 203, a business combination between us and an
interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of
the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
before the stockholder became an interested stockholder,
AIGs board of directors must have approved either the
business combination or the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
on consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding
at the time the transaction commenced, excluding, for purposes
of determining the number of shares outstanding, shares owned by
persons who are directors and officers; or
|
|
|
|
the business combination is approved by AIGs board of
directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the
stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
48
MARKET
PRICE AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION
The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated,
the high and low closing sales prices per share of common stock
of AIG as reported on the New York Stock Exchange and the
dividends per share of common stock declared by AIG during those
periods.
Shares of common stock of AIG are listed on the New York Stock
Exchange and trade under the symbol AIG.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Dividends
|
|
|
2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
75.12
|
|
|
|
66.79
|
|
|
|
0.065
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
76.77
|
|
|
|
69.39
|
|
|
|
0.065
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
72.66
|
|
|
|
66.48
|
|
|
|
0.075
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
68.72
|
|
|
|
54.70
|
|
|
|
0.075
|
|
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
73.12
|
|
|
|
55.41
|
|
|
|
0.125
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
58.48
|
|
|
|
50.35
|
|
|
|
0.125
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
62.67
|
|
|
|
58.61
|
|
|
|
0.150
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
69.10
|
|
|
|
59.33
|
|
|
|
0.150
|
|
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
70.83
|
|
|
|
65.35
|
|
|
|
0.150
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
|
66.71
|
|
|
|
58.54
|
|
|
|
0.165
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
|
66.48
|
|
|
|
57.76
|
|
|
|
0.165
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
|
72.81
|
|
|
|
66.49
|
|
|
|
0.165
|
|
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
|
72.15
|
|
|
|
66.77
|
|
|
|
0.165
|
|
Second Quarter (through June 21, 2007)
|
|
|
72.65
|
|
|
|
66.49
|
|
|
|
0.20
|
|
As of March 23, 2007, there were approximately 57,500
holders of record of AIGs common stock.
Subject to the dividend preference of any of our preferred stock
that may be outstanding, the holders of common stock will be
entitled to receive dividends that may be declared by our board
of directors from funds legally available for the payment of
dividends. There are restrictions that apply under applicable
insurance laws, however, to the payment of dividends to us by
our insurance subsidiaries.
49
DESCRIPTION
OF JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES AIG MAY OFFER
References to AIG, us, we or
our in this section mean American International
Group, Inc., and do not include the subsidiaries of American
International Group, Inc. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own junior subordinated
debentures registered in their own names, on the books that we
or our agent maintain for this purpose, and not those who own
beneficial interests in junior subordinated debentures
registered in street name or in junior subordinated debentures
issued in book-entry form through one or more depositaries. When
we refer to you in this section, we mean those who
invest in the securities being offered by this prospectus,
whether they are the holders or only indirect owners of those
securities. Owners of beneficial interests in the junior
subordinated debentures should read the section below entitled
Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance.
The junior subordinated debentures will be governed by a junior
subordinated indenture or by a subordinated junior subordinated
indenture, as supplemented for the particular series, and will
be a contract between us and the indenture trustee, which will
initially be The Bank of New York. We refer to our junior
subordinated indenture or subordinated junior subordinated
indenture, as applicable, as the junior debt
indenture in this prospectus. The indenture trustee has
two main roles:
|
|
|
|
|
The indenture trustee can enforce the rights of holders against
us if we default on our obligations under the terms of the
junior debt indenture or the junior subordinated debentures.
There are some limitations on the extent to which the indenture
trustee acts on behalf of holders, described below under
Events of Default Remedies If an
Event of Default Occurs.
|
|
|
|
The indenture trustee performs administrative duties for us,
such as sending interest payments to holders and notices, and
transferring a holders junior subordinated debentures to a
new buyer if a holder sells.
|
The junior debt indenture and its associated documents contain
the full legal text of the matters described in this section.
The junior debt indenture and the junior subordinated debentures
are governed by New York law. Copies of our junior debt
indentures are exhibits to our registration statement. See
Where You Can Find More Information below for
information on how to obtain a copy.
General
We may issue as many distinct series of junior subordinated
debentures under the junior debt indenture as we wish. The
provisions of the junior debt indenture allow us not only to
issue junior subordinated debentures with terms different from
those previously issued, but also to reopen a
previous issue of a series of junior subordinated debentures and
issue additional junior subordinated debentures of that series.
This section summarizes the material terms of the junior
subordinated debentures that are common to all series, although
the prospectus supplement may also describe differences from the
material terms summarized here.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the junior subordinated debentures. This summary is
subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to all the
provisions of the junior debt indenture, including definitions
of certain terms used in the junior debt indenture. In this
summary, we describe the meaning of only some of the more
important terms. You must look to the junior debt indenture for
the most complete description of what we describe in summary
form in this prospectus.
The prospectus supplement relating to any offered junior
subordinated debentures will describe the following terms of the
series:
|
|
|
|
|
the title of the series of the junior subordinated debentures;
|
|
|
|
any limit on the aggregate principal amount of the junior
subordinated debentures;
|
|
|
|
the date or dates on which the junior subordinated debentures
will mature;
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
the rate or rates, which may be fixed or variable per annum, at
which the junior subordinated debentures will bear interest, if
any, and the date or dates from which that interest, if any,
will accrue;
|
|
|
|
the dates on which interest, if any, on the junior subordinated
debentures will be payable and the regular record dates for the
interest payment dates;
|
|
|
|
our right, if any, to defer or extend an interest payment date;
|
|
|
|
any mandatory or optional sinking funds or similar provisions;
|
|
|
|
any additions, modifications or deletions in the events of
default under the junior debt indenture or covenants of AIG
specified in the junior debt indenture with respect to the
junior subordinated debentures;
|
|
|
|
the date, if any, after which and the price or prices at which
the junior subordinated debentures may, in accordance with any
optional or mandatory redemption provisions, be redeemed and the
other detailed terms and provisions of those optional or
mandatory redemption provisions, if any;
|
|
|
|
if other than denominations of $25 and any of its integral
multiples, the denominations in which the junior subordinated
debentures will be issuable; the currency of payment of
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the junior
subordinated debentures;
|
|
|
|
the applicability of the provisions described under
Defeasance below;
|
|
|
|
any event of default under the junior subordinated debentures if
different from those described under Events of
Default below;
|
|
|
|
any index or indices used to determine the amount of payments of
principal of and premium, if any, on the junior subordinated
debentures and the manner in which such amounts will be
determined;
|
|
|
|
the terms and conditions of any obligation or right of us or a
holder to convert or exchange the junior subordinated debentures
into other securities;
|
|
|
|
the relative degree, if any, to which such junior subordinated
debentures of the series will be senior to or be subordinated to
other series of such junior subordinated debentures or other
indebtedness of AIG in right of payment, whether such other
series of junior subordinated debentures or other indebtedness
are outstanding or not; and
|
|
|
|
any other special feature of the junior subordinated debentures.
|
Overview
of Remainder of this Description
The remainder of this description summarizes:
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Mechanics relevant to the junior
subordinated debentures under normal circumstances, such as how
holders transfer ownership and where we make payments;
|
|
|
|
Our Option to Defer Interest Payments on the
junior subordinated debentures;
|
|
|
|
Our right to Redeem the junior subordinated
debentures;
|
|
|
|
Holders rights in several Special
Situations, such as if we merge with another company or
if we want to change a term of the junior subordinated
debentures;
|
|
|
|
Subordination Provisions that may prohibit us from
making payment on the junior subordinated debentures;
|
|
|
|
Our right to release ourselves from all or some of our
obligations under the junior subordinated debentures and the
junior debt indenture by a process called
Defeasance;
|
|
|
|
Holders rights if we Default or experience
other financial difficulties;
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
Our ability to Convert or Exchange junior
subordinated debentures into junior subordinated debentures of
another series or other securities; and
|
|
|
|
The junior subordinated debentures Impact on Other
Securities.
|
Additional
Mechanics
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless we specify otherwise in the prospectus supplement, the
junior subordinated debentures will be issued:
|
|
|
|
|
only in fully registered form; and
|
|
|
|
in denominations that are even multiples of $25.
|
If a junior subordinated debenture is issued as a global junior
subordinated debenture, only the depositary e.g.,
DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream, each as defined below under
Legal Ownership and Book-Entry Issuance
will be entitled to transfer and exchange the junior
subordinated debenture as described in this subsection, since
the depositary will be the sole holder of that junior
subordinated debenture. Those who own beneficial interests in a
global security do so through participants in the
depositarys securities clearance system, and the rights of
these indirect owners will be governed solely by the applicable
procedures of the depositary and its participants. We describe
book-entry procedures below under Legal Ownership and
Book-Entry Issuance.
Holders may have their junior subordinated debentures broken
into more junior subordinated debentures of smaller
denominations of not less than $25 or combined into fewer junior
subordinated debentures of larger denominations, as long as the
total principal amount is not changed. This is called an
exchange.
Subject to the restrictions relating to junior subordinated
debentures represented by global securities, holders may
exchange or transfer junior subordinated debentures at the
office of the indenture trustee. They may also replace lost,
stolen or mutilated junior subordinated debentures at that
office. The indenture trustee acts as our agent for registering
junior subordinated debentures in the names of holders and
transferring junior subordinated debentures. We may change this
appointment to another entity or perform it ourselves. The
entity performing the role of maintaining the list of registered
holders is called the security registrar. It will also perform
transfers. The indenture trustees agent may require an
indemnity before replacing any junior subordinated debentures.
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange junior subordinated debentures, but holders may be
required to pay for any tax or other governmental charge
associated with the exchange or transfer. The transfer or
exchange will only be made if the security registrar is
satisfied with your proof of ownership.
If we designate additional transfer agents, they will be named
in the prospectus supplement. We may cancel the designation of
any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in
the office through which any transfer agent acts.
In the event of any redemption, neither we nor the indenture
trustee will be required to:
|
|
|
|
|
issue, register the transfer of or exchange junior subordinated
debentures of any series during the period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before the day of selection for
redemption of junior subordinated debentures of that series and
ending at the close of business on the day of mailing of the
relevant notice of redemption; and
|
|
|
|
transfer or exchange any junior subordinated debentures so
selected for redemption, except, in the case of any junior
subordinated debentures being redeemed in part, any portion
thereof not being redeemed.
|
52
Payment
and Paying Agents
Your prospectus supplement will specify the manner in which
payments will be made. The paying agent for the junior
subordinated debentures will initially be the indenture trustee.
Notices
We and the indenture trustee will send notices regarding the
junior subordinated debentures only to holders, using their
addresses as listed in the indenture trustees records.
Option to
Defer Interest Payments
If provided in your prospectus supplement, so long as no event
of default with respect to the junior subordinated debentures
has occurred and is continuing as a result of any failure by us
to pay any amounts with respect to the junior subordinated
debentures, we will have the right at any time and from time to
time during the term of any series of junior subordinated
debentures to defer payment of interest for an extension period
of up to the number of consecutive interest payment periods
specified in your prospectus supplement. The extension period is
subject to the terms, conditions and covenants, if any,
specified in your prospectus supplement. U.S. federal
income tax consequences and other special considerations
applicable to any such junior subordinated debentures will be
described in your prospectus supplement.
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus
supplement, during any applicable extension period, we may not:
|
|
|
|
|
declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, or redeem,
purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to,
any of our capital stock; or
|
|
|
|
make any payment of principal of or interest or premium, if any,
on or repay, repurchase or redeem any of our debt securities
that rank on a parity in all respects with or junior in interest
to the junior subordinated debentures other than:
|
|
|
|
|
|
repurchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of our
capital stock in connection with any employment contract,
benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the
benefit of one or more employees, officers, directors or
consultants, in connection with a dividend reinvestment or
stockholder stock purchase plan or in connection with the
issuance of our capital stock (or securities convertible into or
exercisable for our capital stock) as consideration in an
acquisition transaction or business combination;
|
|
|
|
as a result of any exchange or conversion of any class or series
of our capital stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of
AIG) for any class or series of our capital stock or of any
class or series of our indebtedness for any class or series of
our capital stock;
|
|
|
|
the purchase of fractional interests in shares of our capital
stock in accordance with the conversion or exchange provisions
of such capital stock or the security being converted or
exchanged;
|
|
|
|
any declaration of a dividend in connection with any
stockholders rights plan, or the issuance of rights, stock
or other property under any stockholders rights plan, or
the redemption or repurchase of rights in accordance with any
stockholders rights plan; or
|
|
|
|
any dividend in the form of stock, warrants, options or other
rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable upon
exercise of the warrants, options or other rights is the same
stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks on a
parity with or junior to such stock.
|
Prior to the termination of any applicable extension period, we
may further defer the payment of interest.
53
Redemption
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus
supplement, we may, at our option redeem the junior subordinated
debentures of any series in whole at any time or in part from
time to time. If the junior subordinated debentures of any
series are redeemable only on or after a specified date or upon
the satisfaction of additional conditions, the applicable
prospectus supplement will specify this date or describe these
conditions. Unless otherwise indicated in the form of security
for such series, junior subordinated debentures in denominations
larger than $25 may be redeemed in part but only in integral
multiples of $25. Except as otherwise specified in the
applicable prospectus supplement, the redemption price for any
junior subordinated debenture will equal any accrued and unpaid
interest, including additional interest, to the redemption date,
plus 100% of the principal amount.
Except as otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus
supplement, if a tax event of the kind described below or an
additional event described in the applicable prospectus
supplement with respect to a series of junior subordinated
debentures has occurred and is continuing, we may, at our option
redeem that series of junior subordinated debentures in whole,
but not in part, at any time within 90 days following the
occurrence of the tax event, at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of the junior subordinated debentures
then outstanding plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date
fixed for redemption.
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus
supplement, a tax event means the receipt by us of
an opinion of independent counsel, experienced in tax matters,
to the effect that, as a result of any tax change, there is more
than an insubstantial risk that any of the following will occur:
|
|
|
|
|
AIG is, or will be within 90 days after the date of the
opinion of counsel, subject to U.S. federal income tax on
income received or accrued on the junior subordinated debentures;
|
|
|
|
interest payable by us on the junior subordinated debentures is
not, or within 90 days after the opinion of counsel will
not be, deductible by us, in whole or in part, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes; or
|
|
|
|
AIG is, or will be within 90 days after the date of the
opinion of counsel, subject to more than a de minimis amount of
other taxes, duties or other governmental charges.
|
As used above, the term tax change means any of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
any amendment to or change, including any announced prospective
change, in the laws or any regulations under the laws of the
U.S. or of any political subdivision or taxing authority of
or in the U.S., if the amendment or change is enacted,
promulgated or announced on or after the date the junior
subordinated debentures are issued; or
|
|
|
|
any official administrative pronouncement, including any private
letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, field service
advice, regulatory procedure, notice or announcement, including
any notice or announcement of intent to adopt any procedures or
regulations, or any judicial decision interpreting or applying
such laws or regulations, whether or not the pronouncement or
decision is issued to or in connection with a proceeding
involving us or is subject to review or appeal, if the
pronouncement or decision is enacted, promulgated or announced
on or after the date of the issuance of the junior subordinated
debentures.
|
Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 45 days
but not more than 75 days before the redemption date to
each holder of junior subordinated debentures to be redeemed at
its registered address. Unless we default in payment of the
redemption price, on and after the redemption date interest will
cease to accrue on the junior subordinated debentures or
portions thereof called for redemption.
54
Special
Situations
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
We are generally permitted to consolidate or merge with another
company or firm. We are also permitted to sell or lease
substantially all of our assets to another firm, or to buy or
lease substantially all of the assets of another firm. However,
we may not take any of these actions unless all the following
conditions are met:
|
|
|
|
|
When we merge or consolidate out of existence or sell or lease
substantially all of our assets, the other firm may not be
organized under a foreign countrys laws, that is, it must
be a corporation, partnership or trust organized under the laws
of a state of the U.S. or the District of Columbia or under
federal law, and it must agree to be legally responsible for the
junior subordinated debentures.
|
|
|
|
The merger, sale of assets or other transaction must not cause a
default on the junior subordinated debentures, and we must not
already be in default (unless the merger or other transaction
would cure the default). For purposes of this no-default test, a
default would include an event of default that has occurred and
not been cured. A default for this purpose would also include
any event that would be an event of default if the requirements
for giving us default notice or our default having to exist for
a specific period of time were disregarded.
|
If the conditions described above are satisfied with respect to
any series of junior subordinated debentures, we will not need
to obtain the approval of the holders of those junior
subordinated debentures in order to merge or consolidate or to
sell our assets. Also, these conditions will apply only if we
wish to merge or consolidate with another entity or sell our
assets substantially as an entirety to another entity. We will
not need to satisfy these conditions if we enter into other
types of transactions, including any transaction in which we
acquire the stock or assets of another entity, any transaction
that involves a change of control but in which we do not merge
or consolidate and any transaction in which we sell less than
substantially all of our assets. It is possible that this type
of transaction may result in a reduction in our credit rating or
may reduce our operating results or impair our financial
condition. Holders of our junior subordinated debentures,
however, will have no approval right with respect to any
transaction of this type.
Modification
and Waiver of the Junior Subordinated Debentures
There are four types of changes we can make to the junior debt
indenture and the junior subordinated debentures issued under
that indenture.
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, there are changes that cannot be
made to the junior subordinated debentures without specific
approval of each holder of a junior subordinated debenture
affected by the change. Affected junior subordinated debentures
may be all or less than all of the junior subordinated
debentures issued under that junior debt indenture or all or
less than all of the junior subordinated debentures of a series.
Following is a list of those types of changes:
|
|
|
|
|
change the stated maturity of the principal or interest on a
junior subordinated debenture;
|
|
|
|
reduce any amounts due on a junior subordinated debenture;
|
|
|
|
reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the
maturity of a junior subordinated debenture (including the
amount payable on an original issue discount security) following
a default;
|
|
|
|
change the currency of payment on a junior subordinated
debenture;
|
|
|
|
impair a holders right to sue for payment;
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of holders of junior subordinated
debentures whose consent is needed to modify or amend the junior
debt indenture;
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of holders of junior subordinated
debentures whose consent is needed to waive compliance with
certain provisions of the junior debt indenture or to waive
certain defaults;
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
modify any other aspect of the provisions dealing with
modification and waiver of the junior debt indenture.
|
We may, with the indenture trustees consent, execute,
without the consent of any holder of junior subordinated
debentures, any supplemental indenture for the purpose of
creating any new series of junior subordinated debentures.
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. The second
type of change to the junior debt indenture and the junior
subordinated debentures is the kind that requires a vote in
favor by holders of junior subordinated debentures owning a
majority of the principal amount of the particular series
affected or, if so provided and to the extent permitted by the
Trust Indenture Act, of particular junior subordinated
debentures affected thereby. Most changes fall into this
category, except for clarifying changes and certain other
changes that would not adversely affect in any material respect
holders of the junior subordinated debentures. We may also
obtain a waiver of a past default from the holders of junior
subordinated debentures owning a majority of the principal
amount of the particular series affected. However, we cannot
obtain a waiver of a payment default or any other aspect of the
junior debt indenture or the junior subordinated debentures
listed in the first category described above under
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders unless we obtain the individual consent of each
holder to the waiver.
Changes Not Requiring Approval. The third type
of change does not require any vote by holders of junior
subordinated debentures. This type is limited to clarifications
and certain other changes that would not adversely affect in any
material respect holders of the junior subordinated debentures.
We may also make changes or obtain waivers that do not adversely
affect in any material respect a particular junior subordinated
debenture, even if they affect other junior subordinated
debentures. In those cases, we do not need to obtain the
approval of the holder of that junior subordinated debenture; we
need only obtain any required approvals from the holders of the
affected junior subordinated debentures.
Modification of Subordination Provisions. We
may not modify the subordination provisions of the junior debt
indenture in a manner that would adversely affect in any
material respect the outstanding junior subordinated debentures,
without the consent of the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the particular series affected or, if so provided and
to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, of
particular junior subordinated debentures affected thereby.
Also, we may not modify the subordination provisions of any
outstanding junior subordinated debentures without the consent
of each holder of our senior indebtedness that would be
adversely affected thereby. The term senior
indebtedness is defined below under Subordination
Provisions.
Subordination
Provisions
Holders of junior subordinated debentures should recognize that
contractual provisions in the junior subordinated debenture may
prohibit us from making payments on those debentures. Junior
subordinated debentures are subordinate and junior in right of
payment, to the extent and in the manner stated in the junior
debt indenture, to all of our senior indebtedness, as defined in
the junior debt indenture.
The junior debt indenture defines senior
indebtedness as all indebtedness and obligations of, or
guaranteed or assumed by, us for borrowed money or evidenced by
bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, whether
existing now or in the future, and all amendments, renewals,
extensions, modifications and refundings of any indebtedness or
obligations of that kind. Senior debt excludes the junior
subordinated debentures and any other indebtedness or
obligations that would otherwise constitute indebtedness if it
is specifically designated as being subordinate, or not
superior, in right of payment to the subordinated junior
subordinated debentures.
56
The junior debt indenture provides that, unless all principal of
and any premium or interest on the senior indebtedness has been
paid in full, no payment or other distribution may be made with
respect to any junior subordinated debentures in the following
circumstances:
|
|
|
|
|
in the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, or any
receivership, liquidation, reorganization, assignment for
creditors or other similar proceedings or events involving us or
our assets;
|
|
|
|
(a) in the event and during the continuation of any default
in the payment of principal, premium or interest on any senior
indebtedness beyond any applicable grace period or (b) in
the event that any event of default with respect to any senior
indebtedness has occurred and is continuing, permitting the
holders of that senior indebtedness (or a trustee) to accelerate
the maturity of that senior indebtedness, whether or not the
maturity is in fact accelerated (unless, in the case of
(a) or (b), the payment default or event of default has
been cured or waived or ceased to exist and any related
acceleration has been rescinded) or (c) in the event that
any judicial proceeding is pending with respect to a payment
default or event of default described in (a) or (b);
|
|
|
|
or in the event that any junior subordinated debentures have
been declared due and payable before their stated maturity.
|
If the indenture trustee under the junior debt indenture or any
holders of the junior subordinated debentures receive any
payment or distribution that is prohibited under the
subordination provisions, then the indenture trustee or the
holders will have to repay that money to the holders of the
senior indebtedness.
Even if the subordination provisions prevent us from making any
payment when due on the junior subordinated debentures of any
series, we will be in default on our obligations under that
series if we do not make the payment when due. This means that
the indenture trustee under the junior subordinated debenture
and the holders of that series can take action against us, but
they will not receive any money until the claims of the holders
of senior indebtedness have been fully satisfied. The junior
debt indenture allows the holders of senior indebtedness to
obtain a court order requiring us and any holder of junior
subordinated debentures to comply with the subordination
provisions.
Defeasance
The following discussion of full defeasance and covenant
defeasance will be applicable to each series of junior
subordinated debentures that is denominated in U.S. dollars
and has a fixed rate of interest and will apply to other series
of junior subordinated debentures if we so specify in the
prospectus supplement.
Full
Defeasance
If there is a change in U.S. federal tax law, as described
below, we can legally release ourselves from any payment or
other obligations on the junior subordinated debentures, called
full defeasance, if we put in place the following other
arrangements for holders to be repaid:
|
|
|
|
|
We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the
junior subordinated debentures a combination of money and notes
or bonds of the U.S. government or a U.S. government
agency or U.S. government-sponsored entity (the obligations
of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. government) that will generate enough cash to make
interest, principal and any other payments on the junior
subordinated debentures on their various due dates.
|
|
|
|
There must be a change in current U.S. federal tax law or
an IRS ruling that lets us make the above deposit without
causing the holders to be taxed on the junior subordinated
debentures any differently than if we did not make the deposit
and just repaid the junior subordinated debentures ourselves.
Under current federal tax law, the deposit and our legal release
from the obligations pursuant to the junior subordinated
debentures would be treated as though we took back your junior
subordinated debentures and gave you your share of the cash and
notes or bonds deposited in trust. In that event, you could
recognize gain or loss on the junior subordinated debentures you
give back to us.
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
We must deliver to the indenture trustee a legal opinion of our
counsel confirming the tax law change described above.
|
|
|
|
No event or condition may exist that, under the provisions
described above under Subordination
Provisions above, would prevent us from making payments of
principal, premium or interest on those junior subordinated
debentures on the date of the deposit referred to above or
during the 90 days after that date.
|
If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above,
you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment
on the junior subordinated debentures. You could not look to us
for repayment in the unlikely event of any shortfall.
Covenant
Defeasance
Under current U.S. federal tax law, we can make the same
type of deposit as described above and we will be released from
some of the restrictive covenants under the junior subordinated
debentures that may be described in the prospectus supplement.
This is called covenant defeasance. In that event, you would
lose the protection of these covenants but would gain the
protection of having money and U.S. government or
U.S. government agency notes or bonds set aside in trust to
repay the junior subordinated debentures. In order to achieve
covenant defeasance, we must do the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the
junior subordinated debentures a combination of money and notes
or bonds of the U.S. government or a U.S. government
agency or U.S. government-sponsored entity (the obligations
of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. government) that will generate enough cash to make
interest, principal and any other payments on the junior
subordinated debentures on their various due dates.
|
|
|
|
We must deliver to the indenture trustee a legal opinion of our
counsel confirming that under current U.S. federal income
tax law we may make the above deposit without causing the
holders to be taxed on the junior subordinated debentures any
differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid
the junior subordinated debentures ourselves.
|
If we accomplish covenant defeasance, the following provisions
of the junior debt indenture and the junior subordinated
debentures would no longer apply:
|
|
|
|
|
Covenants applicable to the series of junior subordinated
debentures and described in the prospectus supplement.
|
|
|
|
Events of default described in the prospectus supplement.
|
If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us
for repayment of the junior subordinated debentures if there
were a shortfall in the trust deposit. In fact, if one of the
remaining events of default occurred (such as a bankruptcy) and
the junior subordinated debentures become immediately due and
payable, there may be such a shortfall.
Events of
Default
Unless otherwise indicated in the applicable prospectus
supplement, holders will have special rights if an event of
default occurs and is not cured, as described later in this
subsection or in the applicable prospectus supplement.
What Is An Event of Default? Unless otherwise
indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, the term
Event of Default means any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We do not pay the principal of or any premium on a junior
subordinated debenture within 5 days of its due date.
|
|
|
|
We do not pay interest on a junior subordinated debenture within
30 days of its due date.
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
We remain in breach of any other covenant or warranty of the
junior debt indenture for 60 days after we receive a notice
of default stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by
either the indenture trustee or holders of 25% of the principal
amount of junior subordinated debentures of the affected series.
|
|
|
|
We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization occur with respect to us.
|
|
|
|
Any other event of default described in the prospectus
supplement occurs.
|
Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs. If you
are the holder of a junior subordinated debenture, all remedies
available upon the occurrence of an event of default under the
junior debt indenture will be subject to the restrictions on the
junior subordinated debentures described above under
Subordination Provisions. If an event of
default occurs, the indenture trustee will have special duties.
In that situation, the indenture trustee will be obligated to
use its rights and powers under the junior debt indenture, and
to use the same degree of care and skill in doing so, that a
prudent person would use in that situation in conducting his or
her own affairs. If an event of default has occurred and has not
been cured, the indenture trustee or the holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the junior subordinated debentures of the
affected series may declare the entire principal amount of all
the junior subordinated debentures of that series to be due and
immediately payable. This is called a declaration of
acceleration of maturity. The property trustee may annul the
declaration and waive the default, provided all defaults have
been cured and all payment obligations have been made current.
In the event of our bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization,
junior subordinated debentures holders claims would fall
under the broad equity power of a federal bankruptcy court, and
to that courts determination of the nature of those
holders rights.
The holders of a majority in aggregate outstanding principal
amount of each series of junior subordinated debentures affected
may, on behalf of the holders of all the junior subordinated
debentures of that series, waive any default, except a default
in the payment of principal or interest, including any
additional interest (unless the default has been cured and a sum
sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest,
including any additional interest, and principal due otherwise
than by acceleration has been deposited with the indenture
trustee) or a default with respect to a covenant or provision
which under the junior debt indenture cannot be modified or
amended without the consent of the holder of each outstanding
junior subordinated debenture of that series.
Except in cases of default, where the indenture trustee has the
special duties described above, the indenture trustee is not
required to take any action under the junior debt indenture at
the request of any holders unless the holders offer the
indenture trustee reasonable protection from expenses and
liability called an indemnity. If indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to the trustee is provided, the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding junior
subordinated debentures of the relevant series may direct the
time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal
legal action seeking any remedy available to the indenture
trustee. These majority holders may also direct the indenture
trustee in performing any other action under the junior debt
indenture with respect to the junior subordinated debentures of
that series.
Before you bypass the indenture trustee and bring your own
lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to
enforce your rights or protect your interests relating to the
junior subordinated debentures the following must occur:
|
|
|
|
|
The holder of the junior subordinated debenture must give the
indenture trustee written notice that an event of default has
occurred and remains uncured;
|
|
|
|
The holders of 25% in principal amount of all junior
subordinated debentures of the relevant series must make a
written request that the indenture trustee take action because
of the default, and they must offer reasonable indemnity to the
indenture trustee against the cost, expenses and liabilities of
taking that action; and
|
|
|
|
The indenture trustee must have not taken action for
60 days after receipt of the above notice and offer of
indemnity.
|
59
We will give to the indenture trustee every year a written
statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their
knowledge we are in compliance with the applicable indenture and
the junior subordinated debentures issued under it, or else
specifying any default.
Conversion
or Exchange
If indicated in your prospectus supplement, a series of junior
subordinated debentures may be convertible or exchangeable into
junior subordinated debentures of another series or other
securities. The specific terms on which series may be converted
or exchanged will be described in the applicable prospectus
supplement. These terms may include provisions for conversion or
exchange, whether mandatory, at the holders option, or at
our option, in which case the number or amount of junior
subordinated debentures or other securities the junior
subordinated debenture holder would receive would be calculated
at the time and manner described in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
Impact of
Other Securities
We have previously issued junior subordinated debentures that
contain provisions that restrict our activities with respect to
our common stock. Specifically, the issued debentures provide
that if an event of default has occurred and is continuing with
respect to the issued debentures or we have given notice of our
election to defer interest payments on the issued debentures but
the related deferral period has not yet commenced or a deferral
period is continuing, then we will not, and will not permit any
of our subsidiaries to: (a) declare or pay any dividends or
distributions on, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a
liquidation payment with respect to, any shares of our capital
stock, (b) make any payment of principal of, or interest or
premium, if any, on, or repay, purchase or redeem any of our
debt securities that upon our liquidation rank pari passu
with or junior to the issued debentures or (c) make any
guarantee payments with respect to any of our guarantees of the
securities of any subsidiary if such guarantee ranks pari
passu with, or junior in interest to, the issued debentures.
However, these limitations do not apply to:
|
|
|
|
|
purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of our
capital stock in connection with (a) any employment benefit
plan or other compensatory contract or arrangement; or the
Assurance Agreement, dated as of June 27, 2005, by AIG in
favor of eligible employees and relating to specified
obligations of Starr International Company, Inc. (as such
agreement may be amended, supplemented, extended, modified or
replaced from time to time); or (b) a dividend
reinvestment, stock purchase plan or other similar plan; or
|
|
|
|
any exchange or conversion of any class or series of our capital
stock (or any capital stock of a subsidiary of AIG) for any
class or series of our capital stock or of any class or series
of our indebtedness for any class or series of our capital
stock; or
|
|
|
|
the purchase of fractional interests in shares of our capital
stock in accordance with the conversion or exchange provisions
of such capital stock or the security being converted or
exchanged; or
|
|
|
|
any declaration of a dividend in connection with any
stockholders rights plan, or the issuance of rights,
equity securities or other property under any stockholders
rights plan, or the redemption or repurchase of rights in
accordance with any stockholders rights plan; or
|
|
|
|
any dividend in the form of equity securities, warrants, options
or other rights where the dividend stock or the stock issuable
upon exercise of the warrants, options or other rights is the
same stock as that on which the dividend is being paid or ranks
on a parity with or junior to such equity securities; or
|
|
|
|
any payment during a deferral period of current or deferred
interest in respect of our debt securities that upon our
liquidation rank pari passu with the issued debentures
that is made pro rata to the amounts due on such pari
passu securities and on the issued debentures,
provided that such payments are made in accordance with
certain limitations requiring pro rata distributions
while certain market disruption events are ongoing, and any
payments of deferred interest on pari passu securities
that, if
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
not made, would cause us to breach the terms of the instrument
governing such pari passu securities; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
any payment of principal in respect of pari passu
securities having an earlier scheduled maturity date than
the issued debentures, as required under a provision of such
pari passu securities that have similar repayment of
principal provisions as the issued debentures, or any such
payment in respect of pari passu securities having the
same scheduled maturity date as the issued debentures that is
made on a pro rata basis among one or more series of such
securities and the issued debentures; or
|
|
|
|
any repayment or redemption of a security necessary to avoid a
breach of the instrument governing the same.
|
In addition, if any deferral period for the issued debentures
lasts longer than one year, neither we nor any of our
subsidiaries will be permitted to purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire any securities ranking junior to or pari passu
with any common stock, certain qualifying warrants and
certain qualifying non-cumulative preferred stock, the proceeds
of which were used to settle deferred interest during the
relevant deferral period until the first anniversary of the date
on which all deferred interest has been paid, subject to the
exceptions listed above. However, if we are involved in a
business combination where immediately after its consummation
more than 50% of the surviving or resulting entitys voting
stock is owned by the shareholders of the other party to the
business combination or continuing directors cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of the surviving or resulting
entitys board of directors, then the one-year restriction
on repurchases described in the previous sentence will not apply
to any deferral period that is terminated on the next interest
payment date following the date of consummation of the business
combination.
Our
Relationship with the Trustee
For information concerning the relationships between The Bank of
New York and us, see Our Relationship with the
Trustee above.
61
DESCRIPTION
OF AIG GUARANTEES
AIG, as Guarantor, will fully and unconditionally guarantee
AIGPFs payment obligations under the debt securities
issued by AIGPF. In the event of a default in payment by AIGPF,
holders may institute legal proceedings directly against the
Guarantor to enforce its obligations without first proceeding
against AIGPF. The Guarantees will constitute unsecured and
unsubordinated obligations of the Guarantor ranking pari
passu in right of payment with all of the Guarantors
senior debt currently outstanding. You should note, however,
that to the extent the Guarantor is required to satisfy any of
its obligations under the Guarantees through the sale of
insurance assets, such sale may require the consent of
regulatory authorities. The specific terms of the Guarantees
will be more fully described in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
62
DESCRIPTION
OF DEBT SECURITIES AIGPF MAY OFFER
References to AIGPF, us, we
or our in this section means AIG Program Funding,
Inc., as Issuer. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own debt securities
registered in their own names, on the books that we or the
applicable trustee maintain for this purpose, and not those who
own beneficial interests in debt securities registered in street
name or in debt securities issued in book-entry form through one
or more depositaries. When we refer to you in this
prospectus, we mean those who invest in the securities being
offered by this prospectus, whether they are the holders or only
indirect owners of those securities. Owners of beneficial
interests in the debt securities should read the section below
entitled Legal Ownership And Book-Entry Issuance.
We may issue as many distinct series of debt securities as we
wish. The provisions of the indenture described below allow us
not only to issue debt securities with terms different from
those previously issued under the indenture, but also to
reopen a previous issue of a series of debt
securities and issue additional debt securities of that series.
We may issue debt securities in amounts that exceed the total
amount specified on the cover of your prospectus supplement at
any time without your consent and without notifying you. In
addition we may offer debt securities, together with other debt
securities, warrants and purchase contracts in the form of
units, as described below under Description Of Units AIGPF
May Offer.
Our payment obligations under the debt securities will be fully
and unconditionally guaranteed by American International Group,
Inc., as discussed earlier under Description of AIG
Guarantees. As required by federal law for all bonds and
notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt
securities are governed by a document called an indenture. The
indenture is a contract among us as Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor,
and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.
The trustee has two main roles:
1. The trustee can enforce the rights of holders against us
if we default on our obligations under the terms of the
indenture or the debt securities. There are some limitations on
the extent to which the trustee acts on behalf of holders,
described below under Events of Default
Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs.
2. The trustee performs administrative duties for us, such
as sending interest payments to holders and notices, and
transferring a holders debt securities to a new buyer if a
holder sells.
The indenture and its associated documents contain the full
legal text of the matters described in this section. The
indenture and the debt securities are governed by New York law.
A copy of the indenture is an exhibit to our registration
statement. See Where You Can Find More Information
below for information on how to obtain a copy.
General
This section summarizes the material terms of the debt
securities that are common to all series, although the
prospectus supplement which describes the terms of each series
of debt securities may also describe differences with the
material terms summarized here.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the debt securities. This summary is subject to and
qualified in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of
the indenture, including definitions of certain terms used in
the indenture. In this summary, we describe the meaning for only
some of the more important terms. For your convenience, we also
include references in parentheses to certain sections of the
indenture. Whenever we refer to particular sections or defined
terms of the indenture in this prospectus or in the prospectus
supplement, such sections or defined terms are incorporated by
reference here or in the prospectus supplement. You must look to
the indenture for the most complete description of what we
describe in summary form in this prospectus.
This summary also is subject to and qualified by reference to
the description of the particular terms of your series described
in the prospectus supplement. Those terms may vary from the
terms described in this
63
prospectus. The prospectus supplement relating to each series of
debt securities will be attached to the front of this
prospectus. There may also be a further prospectus supplement,
known as a pricing supplement, which contains the precise terms
of debt securities you are offered.
We may issue the debt securities as original issue discount
securities, which will be offered and sold at a substantial
discount below their stated principal amount.
(Section 101) The prospectus supplement relating to
the original issue discount securities will describe federal
income tax consequences and other special considerations
applicable to them. The debt securities may also be issued as
indexed securities or securities denominated in foreign
currencies or currency units, as described in more detail in the
prospectus supplement relating to any of the particular debt
securities. Some of the risks associated with such debt
securities issued are described below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and under
Risk Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities. The prospectus supplement relating to specific
debt securities will also describe certain additional tax
considerations applicable to such debt securities.
In addition, the specific financial, legal and other terms
particular to a series of debt securities will be described in
the prospectus supplement and, if applicable, the pricing
supplement relating to the series. The prospectus supplement
relating to a series of debt securities will describe the
following terms of the series:
|
|
|
|
|
the title of the series of debt securities;
|
|
|
|
any limit on the aggregate principal amount of the series of
debt securities;
|
|
|
|
the person to whom interest on a debt security is payable, if
other than the holder on the regular record date;
|
|
|
|
the date or dates on which the series of debt securities will
mature;
|
|
|
|
the rate or rates, which may be fixed or variable per annum, at
which the series of debt securities will bear interest, if any,
and the date or dates from which that interest, if any, will
accrue;
|
|
|
|
the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any)
and interest on the debt securities is payable;
|
|
|
|
the dates on which interest, if any, on the series of debt
securities will be payable and the regular record dates for the
interest payment dates;
|
|
|
|
any mandatory or optional sinking funds or similar provisions or
provisions for redemption at the option of the issuer;
|
|
|
|
the date, if any, after which and the price or prices at which
the series of debt securities may, in accordance with any
optional or mandatory redemption provisions, be redeemed and the
other detailed terms and provisions of those optional or
mandatory redemption provisions, if any;
|
|
|
|
if the debt securities may be converted into or exercised or
exchanged for the debt or equity securities of third parties,
the terms on which conversion, exercise or exchange may occur,
including whether conversion, exercise or exchange is mandatory,
at the option of the holder or at our option, the period during
which conversion, exercise or exchange may occur, the initial
conversion, exercise or exchange price or rate and the
circumstances or manner in which the amount of common stock or
preferred stock or other securities or the debt or equity
securities of third parties issuable upon conversion, exercise
or exchange may be adjusted;
|
|
|
|
if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiples
thereof, the denominations in which the series of debt
securities will be issuable;
|
|
|
|
the currency of payment of principal, premium, if any, and
interest on debt securities of the series;
|
|
|
|
if the currency of payment for principal, premium, if any, and
interest on the series of debt securities is subject to our
election or that of a holder, the currency or currencies in
which payment can be made and the period within which, and the
terms and conditions upon which, the election can be made;
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
any index used to determine the amount of payment of principal
or premium, if any, or interest on the series of debt securities;
|
|
|
|
any event of default under the series of debt securities if
different from those described under What Is
An Event of Default below;
|
|
|
|
if the debt securities will be issued in bearer form, any
special provisions relating to bearer securities that are not
addressed in this prospectus;
|
|
|
|
if the series of debt securities will be issuable only in the
form of a global security, the depository or its nominee with
respect to the series of debt securities and the circumstances
under which the global security may be registered for transfer
or exchange in the name of a person other than the depositary or
the nominee; and
|
|
|
|
any other special feature of the series of debt securities.
|
An investment in debt securities may involve special risks,
including risks associated with indexed securities and
currency-related risks if the debt security is linked to an
index or is payable in or otherwise linked to a
non-U.S. dollar
currency. We describe some of these risks below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and Risk
Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities.
Market-Making
Transactions
One or more of AIGs subsidiaries may purchase and resell
debt securities in market-making transactions after their
initial issuance. We discuss these transactions below under
Plan of Distribution Market-Making Resales by
Subsidiaries of AIG. We may also purchase debt securities
in the open market or in private transactions to be held by us
or cancelled.
Overview
of Remainder of this Description
The remainder of this description summarizes:
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Mechanics relevant to the debt
securities under normal circumstances, such as how holders
transfer ownership and where we make payments;
|
|
|
|
Holders rights in several Special
Situations, such as if we or the Guarantor merge with
another company or if we want to change a term of the debt
securities;
|
|
|
|
Our right to release ourselves from all or some of our
obligations under the debt securities and the indenture by a
process called Defeasance; and
|
|
|
|
Holders rights if we Default or experience
other financial difficulties.
|
Additional
Mechanics
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless we specify otherwise in the prospectus supplement, the
debt securities will be issued:
|
|
|
|
|
only in fully registered form;
|
|
|
|
without interest coupons; and
|
|
|
|
in denominations that are even multiples of $1,000.
(Section 302)
|
If we issue a debt security in bearer form, the provisions
described below under Considerations Relating To
Securities Issued In Bearer Form would apply to that
security. Some of the features of the debt securities that we
describe in this prospectus may not apply to bearer debt
securities.
65
If a debt security is issued as a global debt security, only the
depositary e.g., DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream,
each as defined below will be entitled to transfer
and exchange the debt security as described in this subsection,
since the depositary will be the sole holder of the debt
security. Those who own beneficial interests in a global
security do so through participants in the depositarys
securities clearance system, and the rights of these indirect
owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of
the depositary and its participants. We describe book-entry
procedures below under Legal Ownership And Book-Entry
Issuance.
Holders may have their debt securities broken into more debt
securities of smaller denominations of not less than $1,000 or
combined into fewer debt securities of larger denominations, as
long as the total principal amount is not changed.
(Section 305) This is called an exchange.
Holders may exchange or transfer debt securities at the office
of the trustee. They may also replace lost, stolen or mutilated
debt securities at that office. The trustee acts as our agent
for registering debt securities in the names of holders and
transferring debt securities. We may change this appointment to
another entity or perform it ourselves. The entity performing
the role of maintaining the list of registered holders is called
the security registrar. It will also perform transfers.
(Section 305) The trustees agent may require an
indemnity before replacing any debt securities.
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange debt securities, but holders may be required to pay
for any tax or other governmental charge associated with the
exchange or transfer. The transfer or exchange will only be made
if the security registrar is satisfied with your proof of
ownership.
If we designate additional transfer agents, they will be named
in the prospectus supplement. We may cancel the designation of
any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in
the office through which any transfer agent acts.
(Section 1002)
If the debt securities are redeemable and we redeem less than
all of the debt securities of a particular series, we may block
the transfer or exchange of debt securities during the period
beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice of
redemption and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to
freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also
refuse to register transfers or exchanges of debt securities
selected for redemption, except that we will continue to permit
transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed portion of any debt
security being partially redeemed. (Section 305)
The rules for exchange described above apply to exchange of debt
securities for other debt securities of the same series and
kind. If a debt security is convertible, exercisable or
exchangeable into or for a different kind of security, such as
one that we have not issued, or for other property, the rules
governing that type of conversion, exercise or exchange will be
described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
Payment
and Paying Agents
We will pay interest to the person listed in the trustees
records at the close of business on a particular day in advance
of each due date for interest, even if that person no longer
owns the debt security on the interest due date. That particular
day, usually about two weeks in advance of the interest due
date, is called the regular record date and is stated in the
prospectus supplement. (Section 307) Holders buying
and selling debt securities must work out between them how to
compensate for the fact that we will pay all the interest for an
interest period to the one who is the registered holder on the
regular record date. The most common manner is to adjust the
sale price of the securities to pro rate interest fairly between
buyer and seller. This pro rated interest amount is called
accrued interest.
We will pay interest, principal and any other money due on the
debt securities at the corporate trust office of the trustee in
New York City. That office is currently located at 101 Barclay
Street, New York, New York 10286. Holders must make arrangements
to have their payments picked up at or wired from that office.
We may also choose to pay interest by mailing checks.
66
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW THEY WILL RECEIVE PAYMENTS.
We may also arrange for additional payment offices and may
cancel or change these offices, including our use of the
trustees corporate trust office. These offices are called
paying agents. We may also choose to act as our own paying agent
or choose one of AIGs subsidiaries to do so. We must
notify holders of changes in the paying agents for any
particular series of debt securities. (Section 1002)
Notices
We and the trustee will send notices regarding the debt
securities only to holders, using their addresses as listed in
the trustees records. (Sections 101 and
106) With respect to who is a legal holder for
this purpose, see Legal Ownership And Book-Entry
Issuance.
Regardless of whom acts as paying agent, all money paid by us to
a paying agent that remains unclaimed at the end of two years
after the amount is due to holders will be repaid to us. After
that two-year period, holders may look to us for payment and not
to the trustee or any other paying agent. (Section 1003)
Special
Situations
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
We and the Guarantor are generally permitted to consolidate or
merge with another company or firm. We are also permitted to
sell or lease substantially all of our assets to another firm,
or to buy or lease substantially all of the assets of another
firm. However, we may not take any of these actions unless all
the following conditions are met:
|
|
|
|
|
When we or the Guarantor merge out of existence or sell or lease
our assets, the other firm may not be organized under a foreign
countrys laws, that is, it must be a corporation,
partnership or trust organized under the laws of a state of the
United States or the District of Columbia or under federal law,
and it must agree to be legally responsible for the debt
securities or guarantees, as applicable.
|
|
|
|
The merger, sale of assets or other transaction must not cause a
default on the debt securities, and we must not already be in
default (unless the merger or other transaction would cure the
default). For purposes of this no-default test, a default would
include an event of default that has occurred and not been
cured. A default for this purpose would also include any event
that would be an event of default if the requirements for giving
us default notice or our default having to exist for a specific
period of time were disregarded.
|
If the conditions described above are satisfied with respect to
any series of debt securities, we and the Guarantor will not
need to obtain the approval of the holders of those debt
securities in order to merge or consolidate or to sell our
assets. Also, these conditions will apply only if we or the
Guarantor wish to merge or consolidate with another entity or
sell substantially all of our assets to another entity. We and
the Guarantor will not need to satisfy these conditions if we
enter into other types of transactions, including any
transaction in which we acquire the stock or assets of another
entity, any transaction that involves a change of control but in
which we do not merge or consolidate and any transaction in
which we sell less than substantially all of our assets. It is
possible that this type of transaction may result in a reduction
in AIGs credit rating, may reduce our or AIGs
operating results or may impair our or AIGs financial
condition. Holders of our debt securities, however, will have no
approval right with respect to any transaction of this type.
67
Modification
and Waiver of the Debt Securities
There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture
and the debt securities issued under that indenture.
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, there are changes that cannot be
made to the indenture or the debt securities without specific
approval of each holder of a debt security affected in any
material respect by the change under the indenture. Affected
debt securities may be all or less than all of the debt
securities issued under the indenture or all or less than all of
the debt securities of a series. Following is a list of those
types of changes:
|
|
|
|
|
change the stated maturity of the principal or interest on a
debt security;
|
|
|
|
reduce any amounts due on a debt security;
|
|
|
|
reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the
maturity of a debt security (including the amount payable on an
original issue discount security) following a default;
|
|
|
|
change the place or currency of payment on a debt security;
|
|
|
|
impair a holders right to sue for payment;
|
|
|
|
impair any right that a holder of a debt security may have to
exchange or convert the debt security for or into other property;
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose
consent is needed to modify or amend the indenture;
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose
consent is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of
the indenture or to waive certain defaults;
|
|
|
|
change any of the terms of the AIG Guarantees in a manner
adverse to the holders of the debt securities; and
|
|
|
|
modify any other aspect of the provisions dealing with
modification and waiver of the indenture. (Section 902)
|
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. The second
type of change to the indenture and the debt securities is the
kind that requires a vote in favor by holders of debt securities
owning not less than a majority of the principal amount of the
particular series affected or, if so provided and to the extent
permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, of particular debt
securities affected thereby. Most changes fall into this
category, except for clarifying changes and certain other
changes that would not adversely affect in any material respect
holders of the debt securities. (Section 901) We may
also obtain a waiver of a past default from the holders of debt
securities owning a majority of the principal amount of the
particular series affected. However, we cannot obtain a waiver
of a payment default or any other aspect of the indenture or the
debt securities listed in the first category described above
under Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders unless we obtain the individual consent of each
holder to the waiver. (Section 513)
Changes Not Requiring Approval. The third type
of change to the indenture and the debt securities does not
require any vote by holders of debt securities. This type is
limited to clarifications and certain other changes that would
not adversely affect in any material respect holders of the debt
securities. (Section 901)
We may also make changes or obtain waivers that do not adversely
affect in any material respect a particular debt security, even
if they affect other debt securities. In those cases, we do not
need to obtain the approval of the holder of that debt security;
we need only obtain any required approvals from the holders of
the affected debt securities.
Further Details Concerning Voting. When taking
a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how much
principal amount to attribute to a debt security:
|
|
|
|
|
For original issue discount securities, we will use the
principal amount that would be due and payable on the voting
date if the maturity of the debt securities were accelerated to
that date because of a default.
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
For debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for
example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special
rule for that debt security described in the prospectus
supplement.
|
|
|
|
For debt securities denominated in one or more foreign
currencies or currency units, we will use the U.S. dollar
equivalent.
|
Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and
therefore not eligible to vote, if we have given a notice of
redemption and deposited or set aside in trust for the holders
money for the payment or redemption of the debt securities. Debt
securities will also not be eligible to vote if they have been
fully defeased as described below under
Defeasance Full Defeasance.
(Section 1302)
We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date
for the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding debt
securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under
the indenture. In certain limited circumstances, the trustee
will be entitled to set a record date for action by holders. If
we or the trustee set a record date for a vote or other action
to be taken by holders of a particular series, that vote or
action may be taken only by persons who are holders of
outstanding securities of that series on the record date. We or
the trustee, as applicable, may shorten or lengthen this period
from time to time. (Section 104)
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW APPROVAL MAY BE GRANTED OR DENIED IF WE SEEK TO CHANGE
THE INDENTURE OR THE DEBT SECURITIES OR REQUEST A WAIVER.
Defeasance
The following discussion of full defeasance and covenant
defeasance will be applicable to each series of debt securities
that is denominated in U.S. dollars and has a fixed rate of
interest and will apply to other series of debt securities if we
so specify in the prospectus supplement. (Section 1301)
Full Defeasance. If there is a change in
U.S. federal tax law, as described below, we can legally
release ourselves from any payment or other obligations on the
debt securities, called full defeasance, if we put in place the
following other arrangements for holders to be repaid:
|
|
|
|
|
We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the
debt securities a combination of money and notes or bonds of the
U.S. government or a U.S. government agency or
U.S. government-sponsored entity (the obligations of which
are backed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. government) that will generate enough cash to make
interest, principal and any other payments on the debt
securities on their various due dates.
|
|
|
|
There must be a change in current U.S. federal tax law or
an IRS ruling that lets us make the above deposit without
causing the holders to be taxed on the debt securities any
differently than if we did not make the deposit and just repaid
the debt securities ourselves. (Under current federal tax law,
the deposit and our legal release from the obligations pursuant
to the debt securities would be treated as though we took back
your debt securities and gave you your share of the cash and
notes or bonds deposited in trust. In that event, you could
recognize gain or loss on the debt securities you give back to
us.)
|
|
|
|
We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel
confirming the tax law change described above.
(Sections 1302 and 1304)
|
If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above,
you would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment
on the debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment
in the unlikely event of any shortfall.
Covenant Defeasance. Under current
U.S. federal tax law, we can make the same type of deposit
as described above and we and AIG will be released from the
restrictive covenants under the debt securities that may be
described in the prospectus supplement. This is called covenant
defeasance. In that event, you would
69
lose the protection of these restrictive covenants but would
gain the protection of having money and U.S. government or
U.S. government agency notes or bonds set aside in trust to
repay the debt securities. In order to achieve covenant
defeasance, we must do the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We must deposit in trust for the benefit of all holders of the
debt securities a combination of money and notes or bonds of the
U.S. government or a U.S. government agency or
U.S. government sponsored entity (the obligations of which
are backed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. government) that will generate enough cash to make
interest, principal and any other payments on the debt
securities on their various due dates.
|
|
|
|
We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel
confirming that under current U.S. federal income tax law
we may make the above deposit without causing the holders to be
taxed on the debt securities any differently than if we did not
make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves.
|
If we accomplish covenant defeasance, certain provisions of the
indenture and the debt securities would no longer apply:
|
|
|
|
|
Covenants applicable to the series of debt securities and
described in the prospectus supplement.
|
|
|
|
Any events of default relating to breach of those covenants.
|
If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us
for repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall
in the trust deposit. In fact, if one of the remaining events of
default occurred (such as a bankruptcy) and the debt securities
become immediately due and payable, there may be such a
shortfall. (Sections 1303 and 1304)
Events of
Default
You will have special rights if an event of default occurs and
is not cured, as described later in this subsection.
What Is An Event of Default? The term
Event of Default means any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We do not pay the principal or any premium on a debt security
within 5 days of its due date.
|
|
|
|
We do not pay interest on a debt security within 30 days of
its due date.
|
|
|
|
We do not deposit money in a separate account, known as a
sinking fund, within 5 days of its due date.
|
|
|
|
The AIG Guarantee ceases to be a valid and enforceable
obligation of AIG.
|
|
|
|
We remain in breach of any covenant or warranty of the indenture
for 60 days after we receive a notice of default stating we
are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the trustee or
holders of 25% of the principal amount of debt securities of the
affected series.
|
|
|
|
We or AIG file for bankruptcy or certain other events of
bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization occur with respect to
either of us.
|
|
|
|
Any other event of default described in the prospectus
supplement occurs. (Section 501)
|
Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs. If an
event of default occurs, the trustee will have special duties.
In that situation, the trustee will be obligated to use those of
its rights and powers under the indenture, and to use the same
degree of care and skill in doing so, that a prudent person
would use in that situation in conducting his or her own
affairs. If an event of default has occurred and has not been
cured, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the debt securities of the affected series may declare
the entire principal amount (or, in the case of original issue
discount securities, the portion of the principal amount that is
specified in the terms of the affected debt security) of all the
debt securities of that series to be due and immediately
payable. This is called a declaration of acceleration of
maturity. However, a declaration of acceleration of maturity may
be cancelled, but only before a judgment or decree based on the
acceleration has been obtained, by the holders of at least a
majority in principal amount of the debt securities of the
affected series. (Section 502)
70
You should read carefully the prospectus supplement relating to
any series of debt securities which are original issue discount
securities for the particular provisions relating to
acceleration of the maturity of a portion of the principal
amount of original issue discount securities upon the occurrence
of an event of default and its continuation.
Except in cases of default, where the trustee has the special
duties described above, the trustee is not required to take any
action under the indenture at the request of any holders unless
the holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from
expenses and liability called an indemnity.
(Section 603) If indemnity reasonably satisfactory to
the trustee is provided, the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding securities of the relevant series may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or
other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the
trustee. These majority holders may also direct the trustee in
performing any other action under the indenture.
(Section 512)
Before you bypass the trustee and bring your own lawsuit or
other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your
rights or protect your interests relating to the debt securities
or the guarantees the following must occur:
|
|
|
|
|
The holder of the debt security must give the trustee written
notice that an event of default has occurred and remains uncured;
|
|
|
|
The holders of 25% in principal amount of all outstanding
securities of the relevant series must make a written request
that the trustee take action because of the default, and they
must offer reasonable indemnity to the trustee against the
costs, expenses and liabilities of taking that action; and
|
|
|
|
The trustee must have not taken action for 60 days after
receipt of the above notice and offer of indemnity.
(Section 507)
|
However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the
payment of money due on your debt security on or after its due
date. (Section 508)
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW TO GIVE NOTICE OR DIRECTION TO OR MAKE A REQUEST OF THE
TRUSTEE AND TO MAKE OR CANCEL A DECLARATION OF ACCELERATION.
We will give to the trustee every year a written statement of
certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we
are in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities, or
else specifying any default. (Section 1004)
Our
Relationship with the Trustee
The Bank of New York is one of AIGs lenders and from time
to time provides other banking services to AIG and its
subsidiaries.
The Bank of New York is initially serving as the trustee for our
debt securities and the warrants issued under our warrant
indenture. Consequently, if an actual or potential event of
default occurs with respect to any of these securities, the
trustee may be considered to have a conflicting interest for
purposes of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. In that case,
the trustee may be required to resign under one or more of the
indentures, and we would be required to appoint a successor
trustee. For this purpose, a potential event of
default means an event that would be an event of default if the
requirements for giving us default notice or for the default
having to exist for a specific period of time were disregarded.
71
DESCRIPTION
OF WARRANTS AIGPF MAY OFFER
References to AIGPF, us, we
or our in this section means AIG Program Funding,
Inc., as Issuer. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own warrants registered in
their own names, on the books that we or the applicable trustee
or warrant agent maintain for this purpose, and not those who
own beneficial interests in warrants registered in street name
or in warrants issued in book-entry form through one or more
depositaries. When we refer to you in this section,
we mean all purchasers of warrants, whether they are the holders
or only indirect owners of those warrants. Owners of beneficial
interests in the warrants should read the section below entitled
Legal Ownership And Book-Entry Issuance.
Warrants
May Be Debt Warrants or Universal Warrants
We may issue warrants that are debt warrants or universal
warrants. We may offer warrants separately or together with our
debt securities. We may also offer warrants together with other
warrants, purchase contracts and debt securities in the form of
units, as summarized under Description of Units AIGPF May
Offer.
We will issue the warrants under either a warrant indenture or a
warrant agreement. The warrant indenture, the warrant agreement
and their associated documents contain the full legal text of
the matters described in this section. The warrant indenture and
the warrant agreement and the warrants issued thereunder are
governed by New York law.
Warrant
Indenture
The warrants may be governed by a document called an indenture.
The warrant indenture is a contract among us, as Issuer and AIG,
as Guarantor, and The Bank of New York, which will initially act
as trustee. See Description of Debt Securities AIGPF May
Offer Our Relationship with the Trustee above
for more information about the trustee.
Reference to the warrant indenture or the trustee, with respect
to any warrants, means the indenture under which those warrants
are issued and the trustee under that indenture.
The trustee has two main roles:
1. The trustee can enforce the rights of holders against us
if we default on our obligations under the terms of the warrant
indenture or the warrants. There are some limitations on the
extent to which the trustee acts on behalf of holders, described
below under Events of Default
Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs.
2. The trustee performs administrative duties for us, such
as sending payments to holders and notices, and transferring a
holders warrants to a new buyer if a holder sells.
Warrant
Agreement
A warrant agreement is a contract between us and a bank, trust
company or other financial institution, as warrant agent.
References to a warrant agreement or warrant agent, with respect
to any warrants, means the warrant agreement under which those
warrants are issued and the warrant agent under that warrant
agreement.
The warrant agent is our agent and, unlike a trustee, has no
obligations to holders of the warrants issued under the warrant
agreement. The main role of the warrant agent is to perform
administrative duties for us, such as sending payments and
notices to holders and transferring a holders warrants to
a new buyer if a holder sells.
General
We may issue as many distinct series of warrants as we wish.
72
This section summarizes terms of the warrant indenture and
warrant agreements and terms of the warrants that apply
generally to the warrants, although the prospectus supplement
which describes the terms of the warrants may also describe
differences from the material terms summarized here.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the warrants. This summary is subject to and qualified
in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of the
warrant indenture and warrant agreement, including definitions
of certain terms used in the warrant indenture and warrant
agreement. In this summary, we describe the meaning of only some
of the more important terms. Whenever we refer to particular
sections or defined terms of the warrant indenture or warrant
agreement in this prospectus or in the prospectus supplement,
such sections or defined terms are incorporated by reference
here or in the prospectus supplement. You must look to the
warrant indenture or warrant agreement for the most complete
description of what we describe in summary form in this
prospectus.
This summary also is subject to and qualified by reference to
the description of the particular terms of your warrants
described in the prospectus supplement. As you read this
section, please remember that the specific terms of your warrant
as described in your prospectus supplement will supplement and,
if applicable, may modify or replace the general terms described
in this section. If there are differences between your
prospectus supplement and this prospectus, your prospectus
supplement will control. Thus, the statements we make in this
section may not apply to your warrant.
When we refer to a series of warrants, we mean all warrants
issued as part of the same series under the applicable warrant
indenture or warrant agreement. When we refer to your prospectus
supplement, we mean the prospectus supplement describing the
specific terms of the warrant you purchase. The terms used in
your prospectus supplement will have the meanings described in
this prospectus, unless otherwise specified.
In addition, the specific financial, legal and other specific
terms of your warrant will be described in the prospectus
supplement relating to the warrants. The prospectus supplement
relating to the warrants may contain, where applicable, the
following information about your warrants:
|
|
|
|
|
the specific designation and aggregate number of, and the price
at which we will issue, the warrants;
|
|
|
|
the currency with which the warrants may be purchased;
|
|
|
|
the warrant indenture or warrant agreement under which we will
issue the warrants;
|
|
|
|
the date on which the right to exercise the warrants will begin
and the date on which that right will expire or, if you may not
continuously exercise the warrants throughout that period, the
specific date or dates on which you may exercise the warrants;
|
|
|
|
whether the warrants will be redeemable by us before their
expiration date, and any applicable redemption dates or periods
and the related redemption prices;
|
|
|
|
whether the warrants will be issued in fully registered form or
bearer form, in global or non-global form or in any combination
of these forms, although, in any case, the form of a warrant
included in a unit will correspond to the form of the unit and
of any debt security or purchase contract included in that unit;
|
|
|
|
the identities of the trustee or warrant agent, any depositaries
and any paying, transfer, calculation or other agents for the
warrants;
|
|
|
|
any securities exchange or quotation system on which the
warrants or any securities deliverable upon exercise of the
warrants may be listed;
|
|
|
|
whether the warrants are to be sold separately or with other
securities, as part of units or otherwise; and
|
|
|
|
any other terms of the warrants.
|
If we issue warrants as part of a unit, your prospectus
supplement will specify whether the warrants will be separable
from the other securities in the unit before the warrants
expiration date.
73
Until a warrant is properly exercised, no holder of a warrant
will have any rights of a holder of the warrant property
deliverable under the warrant.
An investment in a warrant may involve special risks, including
risks associated with indexed securities and currency-related
risks if the warrant or the warrant property is linked to an
index or is payable in or otherwise linked to a
non-U.S. dollar
currency. We describe some of these risks below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and Risk
Factors Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities.
Debt
Warrants
We may issue warrants for the purchase of our debt securities on
terms to be determined at the time of sale. We refer to this
type of warrant as a debt warrant.
If you purchase debt warrants, your prospectus supplement may
contain, where applicable, the following additional information
about your debt warrants:
|
|
|
|
|
the designation, aggregate principal amount, currency and terms
of the debt securities that may be purchased upon exercise of
the debt warrants;
|
|
|
|
the exercise price and whether the exercise price may be paid in
cash, by the exchange of any debt warrants or other securities
or both and the method of exercising the debt warrants; and
|
|
|
|
the designation, terms and amount of debt securities, if any, to
be issued together with each of the debt warrants and the date,
if any, after which the debt warrants and debt securities will
be separately transferable.
|
Universal
Warrants
We may also issue warrants, on terms to be determined at the
time of sale, for the purchase or sale of, or whose cash value
is determined by reference to the performance, level or value
of, one or more of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
securities of one or more issuers, including AIGs common
or preferred stock or other securities described in this
prospectus or debt or equity securities of third parties;
|
|
|
|
one or more currencies;
|
|
|
|
one or more commodities;
|
|
|
|
any other financial, economic or other measure or instrument,
including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or
circumstance; and
|
|
|
|
one or more indices or baskets of the items described above.
|
We refer to this type of warrant as a universal
warrant. We refer to each property described above as a
warrant property.
We may satisfy our obligations, if any, and the holder of a
universal warrant may satisfy its obligations, if any, with
respect to any universal warrants by delivering:
|
|
|
|
|
the warrant property;
|
|
|
|
the cash value of the warrant property; or
|
|
|
|
the cash value of the warrants determined by reference to the
performance, level or value of the warrant property.
|
Your prospectus supplement will describe what we may deliver to
satisfy our obligations, if any, and what the holder of a
universal warrant may deliver to satisfy its obligations, if
any, with respect to any universal warrants.
74
If you purchase universal warrants, your prospectus supplement
may contain, where applicable, the following additional
information about your universal warrants:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the universal warrants are put warrants or call
warrants, including in either case warrants that may be settled
by means of net cash settlement or cashless exercise, or any
other type of warrants;
|
|
|
|
the money or warrant property, and the amount or method of
determining the amount of money or warrant property, payable or
deliverable upon exercise of each universal warrant;
|
|
|
|
the price at which and the currency with which the warrant
property may be purchased or sold by or on behalf of the holder
of each universal warrant upon the exercise of that warrant, or
the method of determining that price;
|
|
|
|
whether the exercise price may be paid in cash, by the exchange
of any universal warrants or other securities or both, and the
method of exercising the universal warrants; and
|
|
|
|
whether the exercise of the universal warrants is to be settled
in cash or by delivery of the warrant property or both, whether
the election of the form of settlement will be at the option of
the holder or of us and whether settlement will occur on a net
basis or a gross basis.
|
Market-Making
Transactions
Subsidiaries of AIG may resell warrants in market-making
transactions after their initial issuance. We discuss these
transactions below under Plan of Distribution
Market-Making Resales by Subsidiaries of AIG. We may also
purchase, in our discretion, warrants to be held, resold or
cancelled.
General
Provisions of the Warrant Indenture
We may issue as many distinct series of warrants under the
warrant indenture as we wish, in such amounts as we wish. The
provisions of the warrant indenture allow us not only to issue
warrants with terms different from those of warrants previously
issued under the warrant indenture, but also to
reopen a previous issue of a series of warrants and
issue additional warrants of that series. We may issue warrants
in amounts that exceed the total amount specified on the cover
of your prospectus supplement at any time without your consent
and without notifying you.
The warrant indenture and the warrants do not limit our ability
to incur other contractual obligations or indebtedness or to
issue other securities. Also, the terms of the warrants do not
impose financial or similar restrictions on us.
Warrants will not be secured by any property or our assets or
the assets of AIG or its subsidiaries. Thus, by owning a warrant
issued under the warrant indenture, you hold one of our
unsecured obligations.
The warrants issued under the warrant indenture will be our
contractual obligations and will rank equally with all of our
other unsecured contractual obligations and unsecured and
unsubordinated debt. The warrant indenture does not limit our
ability to incur additional contractual obligations or debt.
Overview
of Remainder of this Description
The remainder of this description summarizes:
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Terms relevant to the warrants under
normal circumstances, such as how holders transfer warrants, and
the expiration and payment and delivery mechanics relating to
warrants;
|
|
|
|
Holders rights in several Special
Situations, such as if we or the Guarantor merge with
another company or if we want to change a term of the
warrants; and
|
|
|
|
Holders rights if we Default or experience
other financial difficulties.
|
75
Additional
Mechanics
Form,
Exchange and Transfer of Warrants
Unless we specify otherwise in your prospectus supplement, we
will issue each warrant in registered global i.e.,
book-entry form only. Warrants in book-entry form
will be represented by a global security registered in the name
of a depositary, which will be the holder of all the warrants
represented by the global security. Those who own beneficial
interests in a global warrant will do so through participants in
the depositarys system, and the rights of these indirect
owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of
the depositary and its participants. We describe book-entry
securities below under Legal Ownership and Book-Entry
Issuance.
If a warrant is issued as a registered global warrant, only the
depositary e.g., DTC, Euroclear or
Clearstream will be entitled to transfer and
exchange the warrant as described in this subsection, since the
depositary will be the sole holder of the warrant.
If any warrants cease to be issued in registered global form,
they will be issued:
|
|
|
|
|
only in fully registered form; and
|
|
|
|
only in the denominations specified in your prospectus
supplement.
|
Holders may exchange their warrants for certificates
representing a smaller or larger number of warrants, as long as
the total number of warrants is not changed.
Holders may exchange or transfer their warrants at the office of
the trustee. They may also replace lost, stolen, destroyed or
mutilated warrants at that office. We have appointed the trustee
to act as our agent for registering warrants in the names of
holders and transferring and replacing warrants. We may appoint
another entity to perform these functions or perform them
ourselves.
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange their warrants, but they may be required to pay for
any tax or other governmental charge associated with the
transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange, and any
replacement, will be made only if our transfer agent is
satisfied with the holders proof of legal ownership. The
transfer agent may require an indemnity before replacing any
warrants.
If we have the right to redeem, accelerate or settle any
warrants before their expiration, and we exercise our right as
to less than all those warrants, we may block the transfer or
exchange of those warrants during the period beginning
15 days before the day we mail the notice of exercise and
ending on the day of that mailing or during any other period
specified in the prospectus supplement, in order to freeze the
list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to
register transfers of or to exchange any warrant selected for
early settlement, except that we will continue to permit
transfers and exchanges of the unsettled portion of any warrant
being partially settled.
If we have designated additional transfer agents for your
warrant, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We
may appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment
of any particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change
in the office through which any transfer agent acts.
The rules for exchange described above apply to exchange of
warrants for other warrants of the same series and kind. If a
warrant is exercisable for a different kind of security, such as
one that we have not issued, or for other property, the rules
governing that type of exercise will be described in your
prospectus supplement.
Expiration
Date and Payment or Settlement Date
The term expiration date with respect to any warrant
means the date on which the right to exercise the warrant
expires. The term payment or settlement date with
respect to any warrant means the date when any money or warrant
property with respect to that warrant becomes payable or
deliverable upon exercise or redemption of that warrant in
accordance with its terms.
76
Currency
of Warrants
Amounts that become due and payable on your warrant may be
payable in a currency, composite currency, basket of currencies
or currency unit or units specified in your prospectus
supplement. We refer to this currency, composite currency,
basket of currencies or currency unit or units as a
specified currency. The specified currency for your
warrant will be U.S. dollars, unless your prospectus
supplement states otherwise. You will have to pay for your
warrant by delivering the requisite amount of the specified
currency to a firm that we name in your prospectus supplement,
unless other arrangements have been made between you and us or
you and that firm. We will make payments on your warrants in the
specified currency, except as described in your prospectus
supplement. See Risk Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities below for more information about risks of
investing in warrants of this kind.
Redemption
We will not be entitled to redeem your warrant before its
expiration date unless your prospectus supplement specifies a
redemption commencement date.
If your prospectus supplement specifies a redemption
commencement date, it will also specify one or more redemption
prices. It may also specify one or more redemption periods
during which the redemption prices relating to a redemption of
warrants during those periods will apply.
If your prospectus supplement specifies a redemption
commencement date, your warrant will be redeemable at our option
at any time on or after that date or at a specified time or
times. If we redeem your warrant, we will do so at the specified
redemption price. If different prices are specified for
different redemption periods, the price we pay will be the price
that applies to the redemption period during which your warrant
is redeemed.
If we exercise an option to redeem any warrant, we will give the
holder written notice of the redemption price of the warrant to
be redeemed, not less than 30 days nor more than
60 days before the applicable redemption date or within any
other period before the applicable redemption date specified in
your prospectus supplement. We will give the notice in the
manner described in your prospectus supplement.
Special
Situations
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
We and the Guarantor are generally permitted to merge or
consolidate with another corporation or firm. We and the
Guarantor are also permitted to sell our assets substantially as
an entirety to another firm, or to buy or lease substantially
all of the assets of another firm. With regard to any warrant,
however, we may not take any of these actions unless all the
following conditions are met:
|
|
|
|
|
When we or the Guarantor merge out of existence or sell or lease
our assets, the other firm may not be organized under a foreign
countrys laws, that is, it must be a corporation,
partnership or trust organized under the laws of a state of the
United States or the District of Columbia or under federal law,
and it must agree to be legally responsible for that warrant or
the guarantees, as applicable.
|
|
|
|
The merger, sale of assets or other transaction must not cause a
default under the warrant, and we must not already be in default
(unless the merger or other transaction would cure the default).
For purposes of this no-default test, a default under the
warrant would include an event of default with respect to that
warrant or any event that would be an event of default with
respect to that warrant if the requirements for giving us
default notice and for our default having to continue for a
specific period of time were disregarded. We describe these
matters below under Events of Default.
|
If the conditions described above are satisfied with respect to
any warrant, we and the Guarantor will not need to obtain the
approval of the holder of that warrant in order to merge or
consolidate or to sell our assets. Also, these conditions will
apply only if we or the Guarantor wish to merge or consolidate
with another entity or sell our assets substantially as an
entirety to another entity. We and the Guarantor will not need
to
77
satisfy these conditions if we enter into other types of
transactions, including any transaction in which we acquire the
stock or assets of another entity, any transaction that involves
a change of control but in which we do not merge or consolidate
and any transaction in which we sell less than substantially all
our assets. It is possible that this type of transaction may
result in a reduction in AIGs credit rating, may reduce
our or AIGs operating results or may impair our or
AIGs financial condition. Holders of our warrants,
however, will have no approval right with respect to any
transaction of this type.
Modification
and Waiver of the Warrants
There are three types of changes we can make to the warrant
indenture and the warrants issued under that warrant indenture.
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, there are changes that cannot be
made to the warrant indenture or the warrants issued under that
warrant indenture without the approval of each holder of a
warrant affected by the change. Affected warrants may be all or
less than all of the warrants issued under that warrant
indenture or all or less than all of the warrants of a series.
Here is a list of those types of changes:
|
|
|
|
|
change the exercise price of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
change the terms of any warrant with respect to the expiration
date or the payment or settlement date of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
reduce the amount of money payable or reduce the amount or
change the kind of warrant property deliverable upon the
exercise of the warrant or any premium payable upon redemption
of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
change the currency of any payment on a warrant;
|
|
|
|
change the place of payment on a warrant;
|
|
|
|
permit redemption of a warrant if not previously permitted;
|
|
|
|
impair a holders right to exercise its warrant, or sue for
payment of any money payable or delivery of any warrant property
deliverable with respect to its warrant on or after the payment
or settlement date or, in the case of redemption, the redemption
date;
|
|
|
|
if any warrant provides that the holder may require us to
repurchase the warrant, impair the holders right to
require repurchase of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage in number of the warrants of any one or
more affected series, taken separately or together, as
applicable, whose consent is needed to modify or amend the
warrant indenture or those warrants;
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage in number of the warrants of any one or
more affected series, taken separately or together, as
applicable, whose consent is needed to waive compliance with the
warrant indenture or to waive defaults; or
|
|
|
|
modify any other aspect of the provisions dealing with
modification and waiver of the warrant indenture, except to
increase any required percentage referred to above or add to the
provisions that cannot be changed or waived without approval of
the holder of the affected warrants.
|
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. The second
type of change to the warrant indenture and the warrants is the
kind that requires a vote in favor by holders of warrants owning
not less than a majority of the amount of the particular series
affected or, if so provided and to the extent permitted by the
Trust Indenture Act, of particular warrants affected
thereby. If the change affects the warrants of more than one
series issued under the warrant indenture, it must be approved
by the holders of a majority in number of all series affected by
the change, with the warrants of all the affected series voting
together as one class for this purpose.
Most changes fall into this category, except for clarifying
changes and certain other changes that would not adversely
affect in any material respect holders of the warrants. However,
we cannot obtain a waiver of a
78
payment default or any other aspect of the warrant indenture or
the warrants listed in the first category described above under
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders unless we obtain the individual consent of each
holder to the waiver.
Changes Not Requiring Approval. The third type
of change to the warrant indenture and the warrants does not
require any approval by holders of the warrants. These changes
are limited to clarifications and changes that would not
adversely affect in any material respect the holders of the
warrants. Nor do we need any approval to make changes that
affect only warrants to be issued under the warrant indenture
after the changes take effect.
We may also make changes or obtain waivers that do not adversely
affect a particular warrant, even if they affect other warrants.
In those cases, we do not need to obtain the approval of the
holder of that warrant; we need only obtain any required
approvals from the holders of the affected warrants.
Further Details Concerning Voting. We will
generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for the
purpose of determining the holders that are entitled to take
action under the warrant indenture. In certain limited
circumstances, only the trustee will be entitled to set a record
date for action by holders. If we or the trustee set a record
date for an approval or other action to be taken by holders,
that vote or action may be taken only by persons or entities who
are holders on the record date and must be taken during the
period that we specify for this purpose, or that the trustee
specifies if it sets the record date. We or the trustee, as
applicable, may shorten or lengthen this period from time to
time. In addition, record dates for any global warrant may be
set in accordance with procedures established by the depositary
from time to time. Accordingly, record dates for global warrants
may differ from those for other warrants.
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT OWNERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW APPROVAL MAY BE GRANTED OR DENIED IF WE SEEK TO CHANGE
THE WARRANT INDENTURE OR ANY WARRANTS OR REQUEST A WAIVER.
Events of
Default
You will have special rights if an event of default with respect
to your warrant occurs and is continuing, as described in this
subsection.
What is an Event of Default? Unless your
prospectus supplement says otherwise, when we refer to an event
of default with respect to any warrant, we mean that, upon
satisfaction by the holder of the warrant of all conditions
precedent to our relevant obligation or covenant to be satisfied
by the holder, any of the following occurs:
|
|
|
|
|
We do not pay any money or deliver any warrant property with
respect to that warrant within 5 days of the payment or
settlement date in accordance with the terms of that warrant;
|
|
|
|
The AIG Guarantee ceases to be a valid and enforceable
obligation of AIG;
|
|
|
|
We remain in breach of any covenant or warranty we make in the
warrant indenture for the benefit of the holder of that warrant
for 60 days after we receive a notice of default stating
that we are in breach and requiring us to remedy the breach. The
notice must be sent by the trustee or the holders of at least
25% in number of the relevant series of warrants;
|
|
|
|
We or AIG files for bankruptcy or other events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization occur; or
|
|
|
|
Any other event of default described in the prospectus
supplement occurs.
|
If we do not pay any money or deliver any warrant property when
due with respect to a particular warrant of a series, as
described in the first bullet point above, that failure to make
a payment or delivery will not constitute an event of default
with respect to any other warrant of the same series or any
other series.
79
Remedies If an Event of Default Occurs. If an
event of default occurs, the trustee will have special duties.
In that situation, the trustee will be obligated to use those of
its rights and powers under the warrant indenture, and to use
the same degree of care and skill in doing so, that a prudent
person would use in that situation in conducting his or her own
affairs.
Except in cases of default, where the trustee has special
duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the
warrant indenture at the request of any holders unless the
holders offer the trustee reasonable protection from expenses
and liability called an indemnity. If indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to the trustee is provided, the holders of a
majority in number of all warrants of the relevant series may
direct the time, method and place of conducting any lawsuit or
other formal legal action seeking any remedy available to the
trustee with respect to that series. These majority holders may
also direct the trustee in performing any other action under the
warrant indenture with respect to the warrants of that series.
Before you bypass the trustee and bring your own lawsuit or
other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce your
rights or protect your interests relating to any warrant, all of
the following must occur:
|
|
|
|
|
The holder of your warrant must give the trustee written notice
that an event of default has occurred, and the event of default
must not have been cured or waived;
|
|
|
|
The holders of not less than 25% in number of all warrants of
your series must make a written request that the trustee take
action because of the default, and they must offer reasonable
indemnity to the trustee against the costs, expenses and
liabilities of taking that action; and
|
|
|
|
The trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after
the above steps have been taken.
|
However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the
payment of any money or delivery of any warrant property due on
your warrant on or after its payment or settlement date.
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT HOLDERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW TO GIVE NOTICE OR DIRECTION TO OR MAKE A REQUEST OF THE
TRUSTEE AND TO MAKE OR CANCEL A DECLARATION OF ACCELERATION.
We will give to the trustee every year a written statement of
certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we
are in compliance with the warrant indenture and the warrants
issued under it, or else specifying any default.
General
Provisions of Warrant Agreements
We may issue debt warrants and universal warrants in one or more
series under one or more warrant agreements, each to be entered
into among us as Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor, and a bank, trust
company or other financial institution as warrant agent. We may
add, replace or terminate warrant agents from time to time. We
may also choose to act as our own warrant agent or may choose a
subsidiary of AIG to do so. We will describe the warrant
agreement under which we issue any warrants in your prospectus
supplement. Each warrant agreement and any warrants issued under
the warrant agreements will be governed by New York law. We will
file that agreement with the SEC, either as an exhibit to an
amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus
is a part or as an exhibit to a current report of AIG on
Form 8-K.
See Where You Can Find More Information below for
information on how to obtain a copy of a warrant agreement when
it is filed.
We may also issue warrants under the warrant indenture. For
these warrants, the applicable provisions of the warrant
indenture described above would apply instead of the provisions
described in this section.
80
Warrant
Agreement Will Not Be Qualified under Trust Indenture
Act
No warrant agreement will be qualified as an indenture, and no
warrant agent will be required to qualify as a trustee, under
the Trust Indenture Act. Therefore, holders of warrants
issued under a warrant agreement will not have the protection of
the Trust Indenture Act with respect to their warrants.
Enforcement
of Rights
The warrant agent under a warrant agreement will act solely as
our agent in connection with the warrants issued under that
agreement. The warrant agent will not assume any obligation or
relationship of agency or trust for or with any holders of those
warrants. Any holder of warrants may, without the consent of any
other person, enforce by appropriate legal action, on its own
behalf, its right to exercise those warrants in accordance with
their terms. Until the warrant is properly exercised, no holder
of any warrant will be entitled to any rights of a holder of the
warrant property purchasable upon exercise of the warrant.
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless we specify otherwise in your prospectus supplement, we
will issue each warrant in global i.e.,
book-entry
form only. Warrants in book-entry form will be represented by a
global security registered in the name of a depositary, which
will be the holder of all the warrants represented by the global
security. Those who own beneficial interests in a global warrant
will do so through participants in the depositarys system,
and the rights of these indirect owners will be governed solely
by the applicable procedures of the depositary and its
participants. We describe book-entry securities below under
Legal Ownership And Book-Entry Issuance.
In addition, we will issue each warrant in registered form,
unless we say otherwise in your prospectus supplement. Bearer
warrants would be subject to special provisions, as we describe
below under Considerations Relating to Securities Issued
in Bearer Form.
If any warrants are issued in non-global form, the terms
described below will apply to them:
|
|
|
|
|
The warrants will be issued in fully registered form. Holders
may exchange their warrants for certificates representing a
smaller or larger number of warrants, as long as the total
number of warrants is not changed.
|
|
|
|
Holders may exchange or transfer their warrants at the office of
the warrant agent. They may also replace lost, stolen, destroyed
or mutilated warrants at that office. We may appoint another
entity to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.
|
|
|
|
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange their warrants, but they may be required to pay any
tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or
exchange. The transfer or exchange, and any replacement, will be
made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the
holders proof of legal ownership. The transfer agent may
also require an indemnity before replacing any warrants.
|
|
|
|
If we have the right to redeem, accelerate or settle any
warrants before their expiration, and we exercise our right as
to less than all those warrants, we may block the transfer or
exchange of those warrants during the period beginning
15 days before the day we mail the notice of exercise and
ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list
of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to
register transfers of or exchange any warrant selected for early
settlement, except that we will continue to permit transfers and
exchanges of the unsettled portion of any warrant being
partially settled.
|
Only the depositary will be entitled to transfer or exchange a
warrant in global form, because it will be the sole holder of
the warrant.
81
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
The warrant agreements and any warrants issued under the warrant
agreements will not restrict our or AIGs ability to merge
or consolidate with, or sell our or AIGs assets to,
another corporation or other entity or to engage in any other
transactions. If at any time we or AIG merges or consolidates
with, or sells substantially all of our or AIGs assets to,
another corporation or other entity, the successor entity will
succeed to and assume our obligations under the warrants and
warrant agreements or AIGs obligations under the
guarantees, as applicable. We will then be relieved of any
further obligation under the warrants and warrant agreements,
and AIG would be releived of any further obligations under the
guarantees, as applicable. It is possible that this type of
transaction may result in a reduction in AIGs credit
rating, may reduce our or AIGs operating results or may
impair our or AIGs financial condition. Holders of our
warrants, however, will have no right to vote with respect to
any transaction of this type.
No Events
of Default
The warrant agreements and any warrants issued under the warrant
agreements also will not provide for any specific events of
default.
Modification
of the Warrant Agreement
There are three types of amendments that we and the applicable
warrant agent may make to any warrant agreement or warrants
issued under that warrant agreement:
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, we may not amend any particular
warrant or a warrant agreement with respect to any particular
warrant unless we obtain the consent of the holder of that
warrant, if the amendment would:
|
|
|
|
|
change the exercise price of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
change the kind or reduce the amount of the warrant property or
other consideration receivable upon exercise, cancellation or
expiration of the warrant;
|
|
|
|
shorten, advance or defer the period of time during which the
holder may exercise the warrant or otherwise impair the
holders right to exercise the warrant; or
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of outstanding, unexpired warrants of any
series or class the consent of whose holders is required to
amend the series or class, or the applicable warrant agreement
with regard to that series or class, as described below.
|
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. Second, any
other change to a particular warrant agreement and the warrants
issued under that agreement would require the following approval:
|
|
|
|
|
If the change affects only the warrants of a particular series
issued under that warrant agreement, the change must be approved
by the holders of a majority of the outstanding, unexpired
warrants of that series.
|
|
|
|
If the change affects the warrants of more than one series
issued under that warrant agreement, the change must be approved
by the holders of a majority of all outstanding, unexpired
warrants of all series affected by the change, with the warrants
of all the affected series voting together as one class for this
purpose.
|
Changes Not Requiring Approval. Third, we and
the applicable warrant agent may amend any warrant or warrant
agreement without the consent of any holder:
|
|
|
|
|
to cure any ambiguity;
|
|
|
|
to cure, correct or supplement any defective or inconsistent
provision; or
|
|
|
|
to make any other change that we believe is necessary or
desirable and will not adversely affect the interests of the
affected holders in any material respect.
|
82
We do not need any approval to make changes that affect only
warrants to be issued after the changes take effect. We may also
make changes that do not adversely affect a particular warrant
in any material respect, even if they adversely affect other
warrants in a material respect. In those cases, we do not need
to obtain the approval of the holder of the unaffected warrant;
we need only obtain any required approvals from the holders of
the affected warrants.
Payments
and Notices
We will describe the plan we will use to make payments and give
notices with respect to our warrants issued under the warrant
indenture or warrant agreements in a separate supplement to this
prospectus.
Calculation
Agent
Calculations relating to warrants will be made by the
calculation agent, an institution that we appoint as our agent
for this purpose. That institution may be a subsidiary of AIG.
The prospectus supplement for a particular warrant will name the
institution that we have appointed to act as the calculation
agent for that warrant as of its original issue date. We may
appoint a different institution to serve as calculation agent
from time to time after the original issue date of the warrant
without your consent and without notifying you of the change.
The calculation agents determination of any amount of
money payable or warrant property deliverable with respect to a
warrant will be final and binding in the absence of manifest
error.
83
DESCRIPTION
OF PURCHASE CONTRACTS AIGPF MAY OFFER
References to AIGPF, us, we
or our in this section mean AIG Program Funding,
Inc., as Issuer. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own purchase contracts
registered in their own names, on the books that we or our agent
maintain for this purpose, and not those who own beneficial
interests in purchase contracts registered in street name or in
purchase contracts issued in book-entry form through one or more
depositaries. When we refer to you in this section,
we mean those who invest in the securities being offered by this
prospectus, whether they are the holders or only indirect owners
of those securities. Owners of beneficial interests in the
purchase contracts should read the section below entitled
Legal Ownership And Book-Entry Issuance.
Our payment obligations under the purchase contracts will be
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by American International
Group, Inc., as discussed earlier under Description of AIG
Guarantees.
General
We may issue purchase contracts in such amounts and in as many
distinct series as we wish. In addition, we may issue a purchase
contract separately or as part of a unit, as described below
under Description of Units AIGPF May Offer.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the purchase contracts. In this summary, we describe
the meaning of only some of the more important terms.
As you read this section, please remember that the specific
terms of your purchase contract as described in your prospectus
supplement will supplement and, if applicable, may modify or
replace the general terms described in this section. If there
are differences between your prospectus supplement and this
prospectus, your prospectus supplement will control. Thus, the
statements we make in this section may not apply to your
purchase contract.
When we refer to a series of purchase contracts, we mean all the
purchase contracts issued as part of the same series under the
applicable governing instrument. The purchase contracts and any
governing documents will be governed by New York law. When we
refer to your prospectus supplement, we mean the prospectus
supplement describing the specific terms of the purchase
contract you purchase. The terms used in your prospectus
supplement will have the meanings described in this prospectus,
unless otherwise specified.
Prepaid
Purchase Contracts; Applicability of Debt Indenture
Some purchase contracts may require the holders to satisfy their
obligations under the contracts at the time the contracts are
issued. We refer to those contracts as prepaid purchase
contracts. Our obligation to settle a prepaid purchase
contract on the relevant settlement date will be subject to the
holders delivery of one of our debt securities, which are
described above under Description of Debt Securities AIGPF
May Offer. Prepaid purchase contracts will be issued under
a debt indenture, and the provisions of the applicable indenture
will govern those contracts.
Non-Prepaid
Purchase Contracts; No Trust Indenture Act
Protection
Some purchase contracts do not require the holders to satisfy
their obligations under the contracts until settlement. We refer
to those contracts as non-prepaid purchase
contracts. The holder of a non-prepaid purchase contract
may remain obligated to perform under the contract for a
substantial period of time.
Non-prepaid purchase contracts will be issued under a unit
agreement, if they are issued in units, or under some other
document, if they are not. For example, we may issue non-prepaid
purchase contracts under which the holder has multiple
obligations to purchase or sell, some of which are prepaid and
some of which are not, under one of our indentures. We describe
unit agreements generally under Description of Units AIGPF
May Offer below. We will describe the particular governing
document that applies to your non-prepaid purchase contracts in
your prospectus supplement.
84
Non-prepaid purchase contracts will not be debt securities and
will not be issued under an indenture, unless we say otherwise
in your prospectus supplement. Consequently, no governing
documents for non-prepaid purchase contracts will be qualified
as indentures, and no third party will be required to qualify as
a trustee with regard to those contracts, under the
Trust Indenture Act. Holders of non-prepaid purchase
contracts will not have the protection of the
Trust Indenture Act with respect to those contracts.
Principal
Purchase Contract Terms
We may issue purchase contracts for the purchase or sale of, or
whose cash value is determined by reference or linked to the
performance, level or value of, one or more of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
securities of one or more issuers, including AIGs common
or preferred stock or other securities described in this
prospectus or debt or equity securities of third parties;
|
|
|
|
one or more currencies;
|
|
|
|
one or more commodities;
|
|
|
|
any other financial, economic or other measure or instrument,
including the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event or
circumstance; and
|
|
|
|
one or more indices or baskets of the items described above.
|
We refer to each property described above as a purchase
contract property. Each purchase contract will obligate:
|
|
|
|
|
the holder to purchase or sell, and obligate us to sell or
purchase, on specified dates, one or more purchase contract
properties at a specified price or prices; or
|
|
|
|
the holder or us to settle the purchase contract by reference to
the value, performance or level of one or more purchase contract
properties, on specified dates and at a specified price or
prices.
|
Some purchase contracts may include multiple obligations to
purchase or sell different purchase contract properties, and
both we and the holder may be sellers or buyers under the same
purchase contract. Until a purchase contract is properly
exercised, no holder of a purchase contract will have any rights
of a holder of the purchase contract property purchasable under
the contract.
An investment in purchase contracts may involve special risks,
including risks associated with indexed securities and
currency-related risks if the purchase contract or purchase
contract property is linked to an index or is payable in or
otherwise linked to a
non-U.S. dollar
currency. We describe some of these risks below under Risk
Factors Indexed Securities and Risk
Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities.
Your prospectus supplement may contain, where applicable, the
following information about your purchase contract:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract obligates the holder to purchase
or sell, or both purchase and sell, one or more purchase
contract properties and the nature and amount of each of those
properties, or the method of determining those amounts;
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract is to be prepaid or not and the
governing document for the contract;
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract is to be settled by delivery, or
by reference or linkage to the value, performance or level of,
the purchase contract properties;
|
|
|
|
any acceleration, cancellation, termination or other provisions
relating to the settlement of the purchase contract;
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract will be issued as part of a unit
and, if so, the other securities comprising the unit and whether
any unit securities will be subject to a security interest in
our favor as described below; and
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
whether the purchase contract will be issued in fully registered
or bearer form and in global or non-global form.
|
If we issue a purchase contract as part of a unit, your
prospectus supplement will state whether the contract will be
separable from the other securities in the unit before the
contract settlement date.
Market-Making
Transactions
One or more of the subsidiaries of AIG may purchase and resell
purchase contracts after their initial issuance in market-making
transactions. We describe these transactions below under
Plan Of Distribution Market-Making Resales by
Subsidiaries of AIG. We may also purchase, in our
discretion, purchase contracts to be held, resold or canceled.
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless we specify otherwise in your prospectus supplement, we
will issue each purchase contract in global i.e.,
book-entry form only. Purchase contracts in
book-entry form will be represented by a global security
registered in the name of a depositary, which will be the holder
of all the purchase contracts represented by the global
security. Those who own beneficial interests in a purchase
contract will do so through participants in the
depositarys system, and the rights of these indirect
owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of
the depositary and its participants. We describe book-entry
securities below under Legal Ownership And Book-Entry
Issuance.
In addition, we will issue each purchase contract in registered
form, unless we say otherwise in your prospectus supplement.
If any purchase contracts are issued in non-global form, the
following will apply to them:
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase contracts will be issued in fully registered form.
Holders may exchange their purchase contracts for contracts of a
smaller or larger number as long as the total number of
contracts is not changed.
|
|
|
|
Holders may exchange or transfer their purchase contracts at the
office of the trustee, unit agent or other agent we name in the
prospectus supplement. Holders may also replace lost, stolen,
destroyed or mutilated purchase contracts at that office. We may
appoint another entity to perform these functions or perform
them ourselves.
|
|
|
|
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange their purchase contracts, but they may be required
to pay for any tax or other governmental charge associated with
the transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange, and any
replacement, will be made only if our transfer agent is
satisfied with the holders proof of legal ownership. The
transfer agent may also require an indemnity before replacing
any purchase contracts.
|
|
|
|
If we have the right to redeem, accelerate or settle any
purchase contracts before their maturity, and we exercise our
right as to less than all those purchase contracts, we may block
the transfer or exchange of those purchase contracts during the
period beginning 15 days before the day we mail the notice
of exercise and ending on the day of that mailing, in order to
freeze the list of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also
refuse to register transfers of or exchange any purchase
contract selected for early settlement, except that we will
continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unsettled
portion of any purchase contract being partially settled.
|
Only the depositary will be entitled to transfer or exchange a
purchase contract in global form, because it will be the sole
holder of the purchase contract.
Additional
Terms of Non-Prepaid Purchase Contracts
In addition to the general terms described above, a non-prepaid
purchase contract may include the following additional terms
described below.
86
Pledge by
Holders to Secure Performance
If we specify in your prospectus supplement, the holders
obligations under the purchase contract and governing document
will be secured by collateral. In that case, the holder, acting
through the unit agent as its attorney-in-fact, if applicable,
will pledge the items described below to a collateral agent
named in the prospectus supplement, which will hold them, for
our benefit, as collateral to secure the holders
obligations. We refer to this as the pledge and all
the items described below as the pledged items. The
pledge will create in our favor a security interest in the
holders entire interest in and to:
|
|
|
|
|
any other securities included in the unit, if the purchase
contract is part of a unit, or any other property specified in
the prospectus supplement;
|
|
|
|
all additions to and substitutions for the pledged items;
|
|
|
|
all income, proceeds and collections received in respect of the
pledged items; and
|
|
|
|
all powers and rights owned or acquired later with respect to
the pledged items.
|
The collateral agent will forward all payments from the pledged
items to us, unless the payments have been released from the
pledge in accordance with the purchase contract and the
governing document. We will use the payments from the pledged
items to satisfy the holders obligations under the
purchase contract.
Settlement
of Purchase Contracts that are Part of Units
The following will apply to a non-prepaid purchase contract that
is issued together with any of our debt securities as part of a
unit. If the holder fails to satisfy its obligations under the
purchase contract, the unit agent may apply the principal
payments on the debt securities to satisfy those obligations as
provided in the governing document. If the holder is permitted
to settle its obligations by cash payment, the holder may be
permitted to do so by delivering the debt securities in the unit
to the unit agent as provided in the governing document.
BOOK-ENTRY AND OTHER INDIRECT OWNERS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR
BANKS, BROKERS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS FOR INFORMATION
ON HOW TO SETTLE THEIR PURCHASE CONTRACTS.
Failure
of Holder to Perform Obligations under a Non-Prepaid Purchase
Contract
If the holder fails to settle its obligations under a
non-prepaid purchase contract as required, the holder will not
receive the purchase contract property or other consideration to
be delivered at settlement. Holders that fail to make timely
settlement may also be obligated to pay interest or other
amounts.
Assumption
of Obligations by Transferee
When the holder of a non-prepaid purchase contract transfers the
purchase contract to a new holder, the new holder will assume
the obligations of the prior holder with respect to the purchase
contract, and the prior holder will be released from those
obligations. Under the non-prepaid purchase contract, we will
consent to the transfer of the purchase contract, to the
assumption of those obligations by the new holder and to the
release of the prior holder, if the transfer is made in
accordance with the provisions of the purchase contract.
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
Purchase contracts that are not prepaid will not restrict our or
the Guarantors ability to merge or consolidate with, or
sell our assets to, another corporation or firm or to engage in
any other transactions. If at any time we or the Guarantor
merges or consolidates with, or sells substantially all of our
or the Guarantors assets to, another corporation or firm,
the successor corporation or firm will succeed to and assume our
obligations under these purchase contracts. We or the Guarantor
will then be relieved of any further obligation
87
under these purchase contracts or the Guarantors
obligations under the guarantees, as applicable. It is possible
that this type of transaction may result in a reduction in
AIGs credit rating, may reduce our or AIGs operating
results or may impair our or AIGs financial condition.
Holders of our purchase contracts, however, will have no right
to vote with respect to any transaction of this type.
No Events
of Default
Purchase contracts that are not prepaid will not provide for any
specific events of default.
Payments
and Notices
We will describe the plan we will use to make payments and give
notices with respect to purchase contracts in a separate
supplement to this prospectus.
Calculation
Agent
Calculations relating to purchase contracts will be made by the
calculation agent, an institution that we appoint as our agent
for this purpose. That institution may be a subsidiary of AIG.
The prospectus supplement for a particular purchase contract
will name the institution that we have appointed to act as the
calculation agent for that purchase contract as of its original
issue date. We may appoint a different institution to serve as
calculation agent from time to time after the original issue
date of the purchase contract without your consent and without
notifying you of the change.
The calculation agents determination of any amount of
money payable of purchase contract property deliverable with
respect to a purchase contract will be final and binding in the
absence of manifest error.
88
DESCRIPTION
OF UNITS AIGPF MAY OFFER
References to AIGPF, us, we
or our in this section means AIG Program Funding,
Inc., as Issuer. Also, in this section, references to
holders mean those who own units registered in their
own names, on the books that we or our agent maintain for this
purpose, and not those who own beneficial interests in units
registered in street name or in units issued in book-entry form
through one or more depositaries. When we refer to
you in this section, we mean those who invest in the
securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are
the holders or only indirect owners of those securities. Owners
of beneficial interests in the units should read the section
below entitled Legal Ownership and Book-Entry
Issuance.
Our payment obligations under the units will be fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by American International Group,
Inc., as discussed earlier under Description of AIG
Guarantees.
General
We may issue units comprised of any combination of our debt
securities, warrants and purchase contracts. Each unit will be
issued so that the holder of the unit is also the holder of each
security included in the unit. Thus, the holder of a unit will
have the rights and obligations of a holder of each included
security. The unit agreement under which a unit is issued may
provide that the securities included in the unit may not be held
or transferred separately, at any time or at any time before a
specified date.
We may issue units in such amounts and in as many distinct
series as we wish. This section summarizes terms of the units
that apply generally to all series. We describe most of the
financial and other specific terms of your series in the
prospectus supplement accompanying this prospectus. Those terms
may vary from the terms described here.
As you read this section, please remember that the specific
terms of your unit as described in your prospectus supplement
will supplement and, if applicable, may modify or replace the
general terms described in this section. If there are
differences between your prospectus supplement and this
prospectus, your prospectus supplement will control. Thus, the
statements we make in this section may not apply to your unit.
When we refer to a series of units, we mean all units issued as
part of the same series under the applicable unit agreement. We
will identify the series of which your units are a part in your
prospectus supplement. When we refer to your prospectus
supplement, we mean the prospectus supplement describing the
specific terms of the units you purchase. The terms used in your
prospectus supplement will have the meanings described in this
prospectus, unless otherwise specified.
The applicable prospectus supplement may describe:
|
|
|
|
|
the designation and terms of the units and of the securities
comprising the units, including whether and under what
circumstances those securities may be held or transferred
separately;
|
|
|
|
any provisions of the governing unit agreement that differ from
those described below; and
|
|
|
|
any provisions for the issuance, payment, settlement, transfer
or exchange of the units or of the securities comprising the
units.
|
The applicable provisions described in this section, as well as
those described under Description of Debt Securities AIGPF
May Offer, Description of Warrants AIGPF May
Offer and Description of Purchase Contracts AIGPF
May Offer, will apply to each unit and to any debt
security, warrant or purchase contract included in each unit,
respectively.
Unit
Agreements Will Not Be Qualified under Trust Indenture
Act
No unit agreement will be qualified as an indenture, and no unit
agent will be required to qualify as a trustee, under the
Trust Indenture Act. Therefore, holders of units issued
under unit agreements will not have the protections of the
Trust Indenture Act with respect to their units.
89
An investment in units may involve special risks, including
risks associated with indexed securities and currency-related
risks if the securities comprising the units are linked to an
index or are payable in or otherwise linked to a
non-U.S. dollar
currency. We will describe some of these risks below under
Risk Factors Indexed Securities and
under Risk Factors
Non-U.S. Dollar
Securities.
Market-Making
Transactions
One or more of AIGs subsidiaries may resell units after
their initial issuance in market-making transactions. We discuss
these transactions below under Plan of
Distribution Market-Making Resales by Subsidiaries
of AIG.
Unit
Agreements: Prepaid, Non-Prepaid and Other
We will issue the units under one or more unit agreements to be
entered into among us, as Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor and a bank
or other financial institution, as unit agent. We may add,
replace or terminate unit agents from time to time. We may also
choose to act as our own unit agent or may appoint a subsidiary
of AIG to do so. We will identify the unit agreement under which
your units will be issued and the unit agent under that
agreement in your prospectus supplement.
If a unit includes one or more purchase contracts and all those
purchase contracts are prepaid purchase contracts, we will issue
the unit under a prepaid unit agreement. Prepaid
unit agreements will reflect the fact that the holders of the
related units have no further obligations under the purchase
contracts included in their units. If a unit includes one or
more non-prepaid purchase contracts, we will issue the unit
under a non-prepaid unit agreement. Non-prepaid unit
agreements will reflect the fact that the holders have payment
or other obligations under one or more of the purchase contracts
comprising their units. We may also issue units under other
kinds of unit agreements, which we will describe in the
applicable prospectus supplement. In some cases, we may issue
units under one of our indentures.
A unit agreement may also serve as the governing document for a
security included in a unit. For example, a non-prepaid purchase
contract that is part of a unit may be issued under and governed
by the relevant unit agreement.
In this prospectus, we refer to prepaid unit agreements,
non-prepaid unit agreements and other unit agreements,
generally, as unit agreements. The unit agreements
and the units will be governed by New York law. The unit
agreement under which we issue your units will be filed, either
as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus is a part or as an exhibit to a current report of AIG
on
Form 8-K.
See Where You Can Find More Information below for
information on how to obtain a copy of a unit agreement when it
is filed.
Principal
Unit Agreement Terms
The following provisions will generally apply to all unit
agreements unless otherwise stated in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
Enforcement
of Rights
The unit agent under a unit agreement will act solely as our
agent in connection with the units issued under that agreement.
The unit agent will not assume any obligation or relationship of
agency or trust for or with any holders of those units or of the
securities comprising those units. The unit agent will not be
obligated to take any action on behalf of those holders to
enforce or protect their rights under the units or the included
securities.
Except as described in the next paragraph, a holder of a unit
may, without the consent of the unit agent or any other holder,
enforce its rights as holder under any security included in the
unit, in accordance with the terms of that security and the
indenture, warrant agreement or purchase contract under which
that security is
90
issued. Those terms are described elsewhere in this prospectus
under the sections relating to debt securities, warrants and
purchase contracts.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a unit agreement may limit or
otherwise affect the ability of a holder of units issued under
that agreement to enforce its rights, including any right to
bring a legal action, with respect to those units or any
securities, other than debt securities, prepaid purchase
contracts or warrants issued under an indenture qualified under
the Trust Indenture Act, that are included in those units.
Limitations of this kind will be described in your prospectus
supplement.
Form,
Exchange and Transfer
Unless otherwise stated in your prospectus supplement, we will
issue each unit in global i.e.,
book-entry form only. Units in book-entry form will
be represented by a global security registered in the name of a
depositary, which will be the holder of all the units
represented by the global security. Those who own beneficial
interests in a unit will do so through participants in the
depositarys system, and the rights of these indirect
owners will be governed solely by the applicable procedures of
the depositary and its participants. We describe book-entry
securities below under Legal Ownership And Book-Entry
Issuance.
In addition, we will issue each unit in registered form, unless
we say otherwise in the prospectus supplement. Each unit and all
securities comprising the unit will be issued in the same form.
If we issue any units in registered, non-global form, the
following will apply to them:
|
|
|
|
|
The units will be issued in fully registered form. Holders may
exchange their units for units of smaller or larger number, as
long as the total number of units is not changed.
|
|
|
|
Holders may exchange or transfer their units at the office of
the unit agent. Holders may also replace lost, stolen, destroyed
or mutilated units at that office. We may appoint another entity
to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.
|
|
|
|
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer
or exchange their units, but they may be required to pay for any
tax or other governmental charge associated with the transfer or
exchange. The transfer or exchange, and any replacement, will be
made only if our transfer agent is satisfied with the
holders proof of legal ownership. The transfer agent may
also require an indemnity before replacing any units.
|
|
|
|
If we have the right to redeem, accelerate or settle any units
before their maturity, and we exercise our right as to less than
all those units or other securities, we may block the exchange
or transfer of those units during the period beginning
15 days before the day we mail the notice of exercise and
ending on the day of that mailing, in order to freeze the list
of holders to prepare the mailing. We may also refuse to
register transfers of or to exchange any unit selected for early
settlement, except that we will continue to permit transfers and
exchanges of the unsettled portion of any unit being partially
settled. We may also block the transfer or exchange of any unit
in this manner if the unit includes securities that are or may
be selected for early settlement.
|
Only the depositary will be entitled to transfer or exchange a
unit in global form, since it will be the sole holder of the
unit.
91
Modification
and Waiver of the Units
There are three types of changes we can make to the unit
agreement and the units issued under that unit agreement:
Changes Requiring Approval of All
Holders. First, we may not amend any particular
unit or a unit agreement with respect to any particular unit
unless we obtain the consent of the holder of that unit, if the
amendment would:
|
|
|
|
|
impair any right of the holder to exercise or enforce any right
under a security included in the unit if the terms of that
security require the consent of the holder to any changes that
would impair the exercise or enforcement of that right;
|
|
|
|
impair the right of the holder to purchase or sell, as the case
may be, the purchase contract property under any non-prepaid
purchase contract issued under the unit agreement, or to require
delivery of or payment for that property when due; or
|
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of outstanding units of any series or
class the consent of whose holders is required to amend that
series or class, or the applicable unit agreement with respect
to that series or class, as described below.
|
Changes Requiring a Majority Vote. Second, any
other change to particular unit agreement and the units issued
under that agreement would require the following approval:
|
|
|
|
|
If the change affects only the units of a particular series, it
must be approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding
units of that series; or
|
|
|
|
If the change affects the units of more than one series issued
under that agreement, it must be approved by the holders of a
majority of all outstanding units of all series affected by the
change, with the units of all the affected series voting
together as one class for this purpose.
|
These provisions regarding changes with majority approval apply
to changes affecting any securities issued under a unit
agreement, as the governing document.
Changes Not Requiring Approval. Third, we and
the applicable unit agent may amend any unit or unit agreement
without the consent of any holder:
|
|
|
|
|
to cure any ambiguity;
|
|
|
|
to correct or supplement any defective or inconsistent
provision; or
|
|
|
|
to make any other change that we believe is necessary or
desirable and will not adversely affect in any material respect
the interests of the affected holders.
|
We do not need any approval to make changes that affect only
units to be issued after the changes take effect. We may also
make changes that do not adversely affect in any material
respect a particular unit, even if they adversely affect in any
material respect other units. In those cases, we do not need to
obtain the approval of the holder of the unaffected unit; we
need only obtain any required approvals from the holders of the
affected units.
The foregoing applies also to any security issued under a unit
agreement, as the governing document.
92
Additional
Provisions of a Non-Prepaid Unit Agreement
In addition to the provisions described above, a non-prepaid
unit agreement will include the provisions described below:
Obligations
of Unit Holder
Each holder of units issued under a non-prepaid unit agreement
will:
|
|
|
|
|
be bound by the terms of each non-prepaid purchase contract
included in the holders units and by the terms of the unit
agreement with respect to those contracts; and
|
|
|
|
appoint the unit agent as its authorized agent to execute,
deliver and perform on the holders behalf each non-prepaid
purchase contract included in the holders units.
|
The unit agreement for a unit that includes a non-prepaid
purchase contract will also include provisions regarding the
holders pledge of collateral and special settlement
provisions. These are described above under Description of
Purchase Contracts AIGPF May Offer Additional
Terms of Non-Prepaid Purchase Contracts.
Failure
of Holder to Perform Obligations
If the holder fails to settle its obligations under a
non-prepaid purchase contract included in a unit as required,
the holder will not receive the purchase contract property or
other consideration to be delivered at settlement of the
purchase contract. Holders that fail to make timely settlement
may also be obligated to pay interest or other amounts.
Assumption
of Obligations by Transferee
When the holder of a unit issued under a non-prepaid unit
agreement transfers the unit to a new holder, the new holder
will assume the obligations of the prior holder with respect to
each purchase contract included in the unit, and the prior
holder will be released from those obligations. Under the
non-prepaid unit agreement, we will consent to the transfer of
the unit, to the assumption of those obligations by the new
holder and to the release of the prior holder, if the transfer
is made in accordance with the provisions of that agreement.
Mergers
and Similar Transactions
The unit agreements will not restrict our or the
Guarantors ability to merge or consolidate with, or sell
our assets to, another corporation or firm or to engage in any
other transactions. If at any time we or the Guarantor merges or
consolidates with, or sells substantially all of our assets to,
another corporation or firm, the successor corporation or firm
will succeed to and assume our or the Guarantors
obligations, as the case may be, under the unit agreements. We
will then be relieved of any further obligation under the units
and the unit agreements. It is possible that this type of
transaction may result in a reduction in AIGs credit
rating, may reduce our or AIGs operating results or may
impair our or AIGs financial condition. Holders of units
will have no right to vote with respect to any transaction of
this type.
No Events
of Default
The non-prepaid unit agreements will not provide for any
specific events of default.
Payments
and Notices
We will describe the plan we will use to make payments and give
notices with respect to our units in a separate supplement to
this prospectus.
93
RISK
FACTORS
References to us, we or our
in this section means American International Group, Inc.,
and/or AIG
Program Funding, Inc., as applicable, as Issuers.
Indexed
Securities
We use the term indexed securities to mean debt
securities, warrants and purchase contracts whose value is
linked to an underlying asset or index, as well as units that
include a debt security, warrant or purchase contract of this
kind.
An
Investment in Indexed Securities Presents Significant Risks Not
Associated with Other Types of Securities
An investment in indexed securities presents certain significant
risks not associated with other types of securities. If we issue
indexed securities, we will describe certain risks associated
with any such particular indexed security more fully in the
applicable pricing supplement. Indexed securities may present a
high level of risk, and you may lose your entire investment if
you purchase these types of securities.
The treatment of indexed securities for United States federal
income tax purposes is often unclear due to the absence of any
authority specifically addressing the issues presented by any
particular indexed security. Accordingly, you, or your tax
adviser, should, in general, be capable of independently
evaluating the federal income tax consequences of purchasing an
indexed security applicable in your particular circumstances.
Investors
in Indexed Securities Could Lose Principal or Interest
The principal amount of an indexed security payable at maturity,
the amount of interest payable on an interest payment date, the
cash value or physical settlement value of a physically settled
debt security and the cash value or physical settlement value of
an indexed warrant or purchase contract, will be determined by
reference to one or more of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
currencies, including baskets or indices of currencies;
|
|
|
|
commodities, including baskets or indices of commodities;
|
|
|
|
securities, including baskets or indices of securities; or
|
|
|
|
any other index or financial measure, including, if permitted by
any relevant state or Federal law, the occurrence or
non-occurrence of any event or circumstances.
|
The direction and magnitude of the change in the value of the
relevant index will determine one or more of the principal
amount of an indexed security payable at maturity, the amount of
interest payable on an interest payment date, the cash value or
physical settlement value of a physically settled debt security
and the cash value or physical settlement value of an indexed
warrant or purchase contract or all the foregoing. The terms of
a particular indexed security may or may not include a
guaranteed return of a percentage of the face amount at maturity
or a minimum interest rate. An indexed warrant or purchase
contract generally will not provide for any guaranteed minimum
settlement value. Accordingly, if you invest in an indexed
security, you may lose all or a portion of the amount invested
in such indexed security and may receive no interest on the
security.
Market
Price of Indexed Securities Influenced by Many Unpredictable
Factors
Several factors, many of which are beyond our control, will
influence the value of indexed securities, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the market price of the index stock or other property, which we
call the reference property;
|
|
|
|
the volatility (frequency and magnitude of changes in price) of
the reference property;
|
|
|
|
the dividend rate on the reference property;
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
economic, financial, political, regulatory or judicial events
that affect markets generally and which may affect the market
price of the reference property;
|
|
|
|
interest and yield rates in the market; and
|
|
|
|
the time remaining until (a) you can exchange your indexed
securities for the reference property, (b) we can call the
indexed securities and (c) the indexed securities mature.
|
These factors will influence the price that you will receive if
you sell your indexed securities prior to maturity. For example,
you may have to sell your indexed securities at a substantial
discount from the issue price if the market price of the
reference property is at, below or not sufficiently above the
price of the reference property at pricing.
You cannot predict the future performance of an index or an
indexed security based on its historical performance.
The
Issuer of Reference Property Could Take Actions That May
Adversely Affect an Indexed Security
The issuer of a stock or other security that serves as the
reference property or as part of the reference property for an
indexed security will, unless otherwise provided in the pricing
supplement, have no involvement in the offer and sale of the
indexed security and no obligations to the holder of the indexed
security. The issuer may take actions, such as a merger or sale
of assets, without regard to the interests of the holders of our
indexed securities. Any of these actions could adversely affect
the value of a security indexed to the reference property.
The issuer of the reference property is not involved in the
offering of the indexed securities in any way and has no
obligation to consider your interest as owner of these indexed
securities in taking any corporate actions that might affect the
value of your securities. None of the money you pay on the
indexed security will go to a third-party issuer.
An
Indexed Security May Be Linked to a Volatile Index, Which Could
Hurt Your Investment
Certain indices are highly volatile, which means that their
value may change significantly, up or down, over a short period
of time. The expected principal amount payable at maturity, the
amount of interest payable on an interest payment date, the cash
value or physical settlement value of a physically settled debt
security and the cash value or physical settlement value of an
indexed warrant or purchase contract based on a volatile index
may vary substantially from time to time. Because the amount
payable on an indexed security is generally calculated based on
the value of the relevant index on a specified date or over a
limited period of time, volatility in the index increases the
risk that the return on the indexed securities may be adversely
affected by a fluctuation in the level of the relevant index.
The volatility of an index may be affected by political or
economic events, including governmental actions, or by the
activities of participants in the relevant markets. Any of these
could adversely affect the value of an indexed security.
An Index
to Which a Security is Linked Could Be Changed or Become
Unavailable
Certain indices reference several different currencies,
commodities, securities or other financial instruments. The
compiler of such an index typically reserves the right to alter
the composition of the index and the manner in which the value
of the index is calculated. Such an alteration may result in a
decrease in the value of or return on an indexed security which
is linked to such index.
An index may become unavailable due to such factors as war,
natural disasters, cessation of publication of the index, or
suspension of or disruption in trading in the currency or
currencies, commodity or commodities, security or securities or
other financial instrument or instruments comprising or
underlying such index. If an index becomes unavailable, the
determination of the amount payable on an indexed security may
be delayed or an alternative method may be used to determine the
value of the unavailable index. Alternative methods of valuation
are generally intended to produce a value similar to the value
resulting from reference to
95
the relevant index. However, it is unlikely that such
alternative methods of valuation will produce values identical
to those which would be produced were the relevant index to be
used. An alternative method of valuation may result in a
decrease in the value of or return on an indexed security.
Certain indexed securities are linked to indices which are not
commonly utilized or have been recently developed. The lack of a
trading history may make it difficult to anticipate the
volatility or other risks to which such a security is subject.
In addition, there may be less trading in such indices or
instruments underlying such indices, which could increase the
volatility of such indices and decrease the value of or return
on indexed securities relating to them.
You Have
No Rights With Respect to the Reference Property
As an owner of indexed securities, you will not have voting
rights or the right to receive dividends or other distributions
or any other rights with respect to reference property.
We May
Engage in Hedging Activities that Could Adversely Affect the
Value of an Indexed Security
In order to hedge an exposure on a particular indexed security,
we may, directly or through subsidiaries of AIG, enter into
transactions involving the currencies, commodities, securities,
or other financial instruments that underlie the index for that
security, or derivative instruments, such as options, on those
currencies, commodities, securities, or other financial
instruments. Transactions of this kind could affect the value of
the indexed security in a manner adverse to the investor.
You Have
No Right to Any of Our Hedging Profits
As discussed in the paragraph just above this one, we may engage
in activities to hedge our exposure under an indexed security.
We may have profits or losses from these hedging activities. It
is possible that we could achieve substantial profits from our
hedging transactions while the value of the indexed security may
decline. The holders of an indexed security will have no right
to any such profit.
Information
About Indices May Not Be Indicative of Future
Performance
If we issue an indexed security, we may include historical
information about the relevant index in the applicable pricing
supplement. Any information about indices that we may provide
will be furnished as a matter of information only, and you
should not regard the information as indicative of the range of,
or trends in, fluctuations in the relevant index that may occur
in the future.
We May
Have Conflicts of Interest Regarding an Indexed
Security
AIG Financial Securities Corp. and other subsidiaries of AIG may
have conflicts of interest with respect to some indexed
securities. AIG Financial Securities Corp. and other
subsidiaries of AIG may engage in trading, including trading for
hedging purposes, for their proprietary accounts or for other
accounts under their management, in indexed securities and in
the currencies, commodities, securities, or other financial
instruments on which the index is based or in other derivative
instruments related to the index. These trading activities could
adversely affect the value of indexed securities. We and the
subsidiaries of AIG may also issue securities or derivative
instruments that are linked to the same index as one or more
indexed securities. By introducing competing products into the
marketplace in this manner, we could adversely affect the value
of an indexed security.
To the extent that one or more of the subsidiaries of AIG
calculates or compiles a particular index or serves as
calculation agent with respect to an indexed security, it may
have considerable discretion in performing the calculation or
compilation. Exercising discretion in this manner could
adversely affect the value of or the rate of return on an
indexed security based on such index.
96
Non-U.S.
Dollar Securities
This prospectus and any attached prospectus supplement
(including any pricing supplement) do not describe all the risks
of an investment in the securities denominated in other than
U.S. dollars. You should consult your own financial and
legal advisors about the risks of an investment in the
securities denominated in a currency, including any composite
currency, other than U.S. dollars. If you are
unsophisticated with respect to foreign currency transactions,
these securities are not an appropriate investment for
you.
Information
About Exchange Rates May Not Be Indicative of Future
Performance
With respect to any security denominated in other than
U.S. dollars, the applicable pricing supplement may include
a currency supplement on the applicable specified currency. A
currency supplement may include historical exchange rates for
the specified currency. Information concerning exchange rates is
furnished as a matter of information only. You should not regard
such information as indicative of the range of or trends in
fluctuations in currency exchange rates that may occur in the
future.
The information set forth in this prospectus is applicable
to you only if you are a U.S. resident. We disclaim any
responsibility to advise prospective purchasers who are
residents of countries other than the United States, with
respect to any matters that may affect the purchase, holding or
receipt of payments on the securities. If you are not a
U.S. resident, you should consult your own financial and
legal advisors with regard to such matters.
An
Investment in a
Non-U.S.
Dollar Security Involves Currency-Related Risks
If you invest in securities that are denominated in other than
U.S. dollars, your investment may be subject to significant
risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a
security denominated in U.S. dollars. These risks include,
for example, the possibility of significant changes in rates of
exchange between the U.S. dollar and the various foreign
currencies or composite currencies and the possibility of the
imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls by
either the U.S. or foreign governments. These risks depend
on events over which we have no control, such as economic and
political events and the supply of and demand for the relevant
currencies.
Changes
in Currency Exchange Rates Can Be Volatile and
Unpredictable
In recent years, rates of exchange between the U.S. dollar
and many other currencies have been highly volatile, and this
volatility may be expected to continue and perhaps spread to
other currencies in the future. Fluctuations in currency
exchange rates could adversely affect an investment in a
security with a specified currency other than U.S. dollars.
Depreciation of the specified currency against the
U.S. dollar could result in a decrease in the
U.S. dollar-equivalent value of payments on the security,
including the principal payable at maturity or the settlement
value payable upon exercise. That in turn could cause the market
value of the security to fall. Depreciation of the specified
currency against the U.S. dollar could result in a loss to
the investor on a U.S. dollar basis.
Government
Policy Can Adversely Affect Currency Exchange Rates and an
Investment in a
Non-U.S.
Dollar Security
Currency exchange rates can either float or be fixed by
sovereign governments. From time to time, governments use a
variety of techniques, such as intervention by a countrys
central bank or imposition of regulatory controls or taxes, to
affect the exchange rate of their currencies. Governments may
also issue a new currency to replace an existing currency or
alter the exchange rate or exchange characteristics by
devaluation or revaluation of a currency. Thus, a special risk
in purchasing
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
securities is that their U.S. dollar-equivalent yields or
payouts could be significantly and unpredictably affected by
governmental actions. Even in the absence of governmental action
directly affecting currency exchange rates, political or
97
economic developments in the country issuing the specified
currency for a non-dollar security or elsewhere could lead to
significant and sudden changes in the exchange rate between the
dollar and the specified currency. These changes could affect
the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the security as
participants in the global currency markets move to buy or sell
the specified currency or U.S. dollars in reaction to those
developments.
Governments have imposed from time to time and may in the future
impose exchange controls or other conditions with respect to the
exchange or transfer of a specified currency that could affect
exchange rates as well as the availability of a specified
currency for a security at its maturity or on any other payment
date. In addition, the ability of a holder to move currency
freely out of the country in which payments are made, or to
convert the currency at a freely determined market rate could be
limited by governmental actions.
Non-U.S.
Dollar Securities Will Permit Us to Make Payments in Dollars if
We Are Unable to Obtain the Specified Currency
Securities payable in a currency other than U.S. dollars
will provide that, if the other currency is not available to us
at or about the time when a payment on the securities comes due
because of circumstances beyond our control, we will be entitled
to make the payment in U.S. dollars. These circumstances
could include the imposition of exchange controls or our
inability to obtain the currency because of a disruption in the
currency markets. If we made payment in U.S. dollars, the
exchange rate we would use may be for a date substantially
before the payment date. As a result, the amount of dollars an
investor would receive on the payment date may not reflect
currency market conditions at the time of payment.
Payments
Due in Other Currencies May Be Made From an Overseas
Bank
Currently, there are limited facilities in the United States for
conversion of U.S. dollars into foreign currencies, and
vice versa. Accordingly, payments on securities made in a
specified currency other than U.S. dollars are likely to be
made from an account with a bank located in the country issuing
the specified currency.
We Will
Not Adjust
Non-U.S.
Dollar Securities to Compensate for Changes in Currency Exchange
Rates
Except as described in your prospectus supplement, we will not
make any adjustment or change in the terms of a security payable
in a currency other than U.S. dollars in the event of any
change in exchange rates for that currency, whether in the event
of any devaluation, revaluation or imposition of exchange or
other regulatory controls or taxes or in the event of other
developments affecting that currency, the U.S. dollar or
any other currency. Consequently, investors in
non-U.S. dollar
securities will bear the risk that their investment may be
adversely affected by these types of events.
In a
Lawsuit for Payment on a Non-Dollar Security, an Investor May
Bear Currency Exchange Risk
The securities we are offering will be governed by New York law.
Under New York law, a New York state court rendering a judgment
on a security denominated in a currency other than
U.S. dollars would be required to render the judgment in
the specified currency; however, the judgment would be converted
into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate prevailing on the
date of entry of the judgment. Consequently, in a lawsuit for
payment on a security denominated in a currency other than
U.S. dollars, investors would bear currency exchange risk
until a New York state court judgment is entered, which could be
a long time.
In courts outside of New York, investors may not be able to
obtain a judgment in a specified currency other than
U.S. dollars. For example, a judgment for money in an
action based on a
non-U.S. dollar
security in many other U.S. federal or state courts
ordinarily would be enforced in the United States only in
U.S. dollars. The date used to determine the rate of
conversion of the currency in which any particular security is
denominated into U.S. dollars will depend upon various
factors, including which court renders the judgment.
98
LEGAL
OWNERSHIP AND BOOK-ENTRY ISSUANCE
References to us, we or our
in this section means American International Group, Inc.,
and/or AIG
Program Funding, Inc., as applicable, as Issuers. In this
section, we describe special considerations that will apply to
registered securities issued in global i.e.,
book-entry form. First we describe the difference
between legal ownership and indirect ownership of registered
securities. Then we describe special provisions that apply to
global securities.
Who is
the Legal Owner of a Registered Security?
Each debt security, warrant, purchase contract, unit, junior
subordinated debenture or share of preferred or common stock in
registered form will be represented either by a certificate
issued in definitive form to a particular investor or by one or
more global securities representing such securities. We refer to
those who have securities registered in their own names, on the
books that we or the trustee, warrant agent or other agent
maintain for this purpose, as the holders of those
securities. These persons are the legal holders of the
securities. We refer to those who, indirectly through others,
own beneficial interests in securities that are not registered
in their own names as indirect owners of those securities. As we
discuss below, indirect owners are not legal holders, and
investors in securities issued in book-entry form or in street
name will be indirect owners.
Book-Entry
Owners
Unless otherwise noted in your prospectus supplement, we will
issue each security in book-entry form only. This means
securities will be represented by one or more global securities
registered in the name of a financial institution that holds
them as depositary on behalf of other financial institutions
that participate in the depositarys book-entry system.
These participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial
interests in the securities on behalf of themselves or their
customers.
Under each indenture, warrant agreement, purchase contract, unit
agreement or depositary agreement, only the person in whose name
a security is registered is recognized as the holder of that
security. Consequently, for securities issued in global form, we
will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the
securities and we will make all payments on the securities,
including deliveries of any property other than cash, to the
depositary. The depositary passes along the payments it receives
to its participants, which in turn pass the payments along to
their customers who are the beneficial owners. The depositary
and its participants do so under agreements they have made with
one another or with their customers; they are not obligated to
do so under the terms of the securities.
As a result, investors will not own securities directly.
Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global
security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution
that participates in the depositarys book-entry system or
holds an interest through a participant. As long as the
securities are issued in global form, investors will be indirect
owners, and not holders, of the securities.
Street
Name Owners
We may terminate an existing global security or issue securities
initially in non-global form. In these cases, investors may
choose to hold their securities in their own names or in street
name. Securities held by an investor in street name would be
registered in the name of a bank, broker or other financial
institution that the investor chooses, and the investor would
hold only a beneficial interest in those securities through an
account he or she maintains at that institution.
For securities held in street name, we will recognize only the
intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in
whose names the securities are registered as the holders of
those securities and we will make all payments on those
securities, including deliveries of any property other than
cash, to them. These institutions pass along the payments they
receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but
only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or
because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold
securities in street name will be indirect owners, not holders,
of those securities.
99
Legal
Holders
Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the trustee under
any indenture and the obligations, if any, of any warrant agents
and unit agents and any other third parties employed by us, the
trustee or any of those agents, run only to the holders of the
securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold
beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by
any other indirect means. This will be the case whether an
investor chooses to be an indirect owner of a security or has no
choice because we are issuing the securities only in global form.
For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the
holder, we have no further responsibility for that payment or
notice even if that holder is required, under agreements with
depositary participants or customers or by law, to pass it along
to the indirect owners but does not do so. Similarly, if we want
to obtain the approval of the holders for any
purpose for example, to amend the indenture for a
series of debt securities or warrants or the warrant agreement
for a series of warrants or to relieve us of the consequences of
a default or of our obligation to comply with a particular
provision of an indenture we would seek the approval
only from the holders, and not the indirect owners, of the
relevant securities. Whether and how the holders contact the
indirect owners is up to the holders.
When we refer to you in this prospectus, we mean all
purchasers of the securities being offered by this prospectus,
whether they are the holders or indirect owners of those
securities. When we refer to your securities in this
prospectus, we mean the securities in which you will hold a
direct or indirect interest.
Special
Considerations for Indirect Owners
If you hold securities through a bank, broker or other financial
institution, either in book-entry form or in street name, you
should check with your own institution to find out:
|
|
|
|
|
how it handles securities payments and notices;
|
|
|
|
whether it imposes fees or charges;
|
|
|
|
whether and how you can instruct it to exercise any rights to
purchase or sell warrant property under a warrant or purchase
contract property under a purchase contract or to exchange or
convert a security for or into other property;
|
|
|
|
how it would handle a request for the holders consent, if
ever required;
|
|
|
|
whether and how you can instruct it to send you securities
registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is
permitted in the future;
|
|
|
|
how it would exercise rights under the securities if there were
a default or other event triggering the need for holders to act
to protect their interests; and
|
|
|
|
if the securities are in book-entry form, how the
depositarys rules and procedures will affect these matters.
|
What is a
Global Security?
Unless otherwise noted in the applicable pricing supplement, we
will issue each security in book-entry form only. Each security
issued in book-entry form will be represented by a global
security that we deposit with and register in the name of one or
more financial institutions or clearing systems, or their
nominees, which we select. A financial institution or clearing
system that we select for any security for this purpose is
called the depositary for that security. A security
will usually have only one depositary but it may have more. Each
series of securities will have one or more of the following as
the depositaries:
|
|
|
|
|
The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, which is
known as DTC;
|
|
|
|
Euroclear System, which is known as Euroclear;
|
|
|
|
Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, Luxembourg, which is known
as Clearstream; and
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
any other clearing system or financial institution named in the
applicable prospectus supplement.
|
The depositaries named above may also be participants in one
anothers systems. Thus, for example, if DTC is the
depositary for a global security, investors may hold beneficial
interests in that security through Euroclear or Clearstream, as
DTC participants. The depositary or depositaries for your
securities will be named in your prospectus supplement; if none
is named, the depositary will be DTC.
A global security may represent one or any other number of
individual securities. Generally, all securities represented by
the same global security will have the same terms. We may,
however, issue a global security that represents multiple
securities of the same kind, such as debt securities, that have
different terms and are issued at different times. We call this
kind of global security a master global security. Your
prospectus supplement will not indicate whether your securities
are represented by a master global security.
A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the
name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless
special termination situations arise. We describe those
situations below under Holders Option to
Obtain a Non-Global Security: Special Situations When a Global
Security Will Be Terminated. As a result of these
arrangements, the depositary, or its nominee, will be the sole
registered owner and holder of all securities represented by a
global security, and investors will be permitted to own only
indirect interests in a global security. Indirect interests must
be held by means of an account with a broker, bank or other
financial institution that in turn has an account with the
depositary or with another institution that does. Thus, an
investor whose security is represented by a global security will
not be a holder of the security, but only an indirect owner of
an interest in the global security.
If the prospectus supplement for a particular security indicates
that the security will be issued in global form only, then the
security will be represented by a global security at all times
unless and until the global security is terminated. We describe
the situations in which this can occur below under
Holders Option to Obtain a Non-Global
Security: Special Situations When a Global Security Will Be
Terminated. If termination occurs, we may issue the
securities through another book-entry clearing system or decide
that the securities may no longer be held through any book-entry
clearing system.
Special
Considerations for Global Securities
As an indirect owner, an investors rights relating to a
global security will be governed by the account rules of the
depositary and those of the investors bank, broker,
financial institution or other intermediary through which it
holds its interest (e.g., Euroclear or Clearstream, if DTC is
the depositary), as well as general laws relating to securities
transfers. We do not recognize this type of investor or any
intermediary as a holder of securities and instead deal only
with the depositary that holds the global security.
If securities are issued only in the form of a global security,
an investor should be aware of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
An investor cannot cause the securities to be registered in his
or her own name, and cannot obtain non-global certificates for
his or her interest in the securities, except in the special
situations we describe below;
|
|
|
|
An investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or
her own bank, broker or other financial institution for payments
on the securities and protection of his or her legal rights
relating to the securities, as we describe above under
Who is the Legal Owner of a Registered
Security?;
|
|
|
|
An investor may not be able to sell interests in the securities
to some insurance companies and other institutions that are
required by law to own their securities in non-book-entry form;
|
|
|
|
An investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a
global security in circumstances where certificates representing
the securities must be delivered to the lender or other
beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be
effective;
|
|
|
|
The depositarys policies will govern payments, deliveries,
transfers, exchanges, notices and other matters relating to an
investors interest in a global security, and those
policies may change from
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
time to time. We, the trustee and any warrant agents and unit
agents will have no responsibility for any aspect of the
depositarys policies, actions or records of ownership
interests in a global security. We, the trustee and any warrant
agents and unit agents also do not supervise the depositary in
any way;
|
|
|
|
|
|
The depositary may require that those who purchase and sell
interests in a global security within its book-entry system use
immediately available funds, and your bank, broker or other
financial institution may require you to do so as well; and
|
|
|
|
Financial institutions that participate in the depositarys
book-entry system and through which an investor holds its
interest in the global securities, directly or indirectly, may
also have their own policies affecting payments, deliveries,
transfers, exchanges, notices and other matters relating to the
securities, and those policies may change from time to time. For
example, if you hold an interest in a global security through
Euroclear or Clearstream, when DTC is the depositary, Euroclear
or Clearstream, as applicable, may require those who purchase
and sell interests in that security through them to use
immediately available funds and comply with other policies and
procedures, including deadlines for giving instructions as to
transactions that are to be effected on a particular day. There
may be more than one financial intermediary in the chain of
ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are not
responsible for the policies or actions or records of ownership
interests of any of those intermediaries.
|
Holders
Option to Obtain a Non-Global Security: Special Situations When
a Global Security Will Be Terminated
If we issue any series of securities in book-entry form but we
choose to give the beneficial owners of that series the right to
obtain non-global securities, any beneficial owner entitled to
obtain non-global securities may do so by following the
applicable procedures of the depositary, any transfer agent or
registrar for that series and that owners bank, broker or
other financial institution through which that owner holds its
beneficial interest in the securities. If you are entitled to
request a non-global certificate and wish to do so, you will
need to allow sufficient lead time to enable us or our agent to
prepare the requested certificate.
In addition, in a few special situations described below, a
global security will be terminated and interests in it will be
exchanged for certificates in non-global form representing the
securities it represented. After that exchange, the choice of
whether to hold the securities directly or in street name will
be up to the investor. Investors must consult their own banks,
brokers or other financial institutions, to find out how to have
their interests in a global security transferred on termination
to their own names, so that they will be holders. We have
described the rights of holders and street name investors above
under Who is the Legal Owner of a Registered
Security?.
The special situations for termination of a global security are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
if the depositary notifies us that it is unwilling, unable or no
longer qualified to continue as depositary for that global
security and we do not appoint another institution to act as
depositary within 60 days;
|
|
|
|
if we notify the trustee, warrant agent or unit agent, as
applicable, that we wish to terminate that global
security; or
|
|
|
|
in the case of a global security representing debt securities or
warrants issued under an indenture, if an event of default has
occurred with regard to these debt securities or warrants and
has not been cured or waived.
|
If a global security is terminated, only the depositary, and not
we, the trustee for any debt securities, the warrant agent for
any warrants or the unit agent for any units, is responsible for
deciding the names of the institutions in whose names the
securities represented by the global security will be registered
and, therefore, who will be the holders of those securities.
102
Considerations
Relating to DTC
DTC has informed us that it is a limited-purpose trust company
organized under the New York Banking Law, a banking
organization within the meaning of the New York Banking
Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a clearing
corporation within the meaning of the New York Uniform
Commercial Code and a clearing agency registered
pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange
Act. DTC holds securities that DTC participants deposit with
DTC. DTC also facilitates the settlement among DTC participants
of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges in
deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry
changes in DTC participants accounts, thereby eliminating
the need for physical movement of certificates. DTC participants
include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies
and clearing corporations, and may include other organizations.
DTC is owned by a number of its DTC participants and by the New
York Stock Exchange, Inc., the American Stock Exchange, LLC and
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Indirect
access to the DTC system also is available to others such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either
directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and DTC
participants are on file with the SEC.
Purchases of securities within the DTC system must be made by or
through DTC participants, which will receive a credit for the
securities on DTCs records. Transfers of ownership
interests in the securities are to be accomplished by entries
made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial
owners.
Redemption notices will be sent to DTCs nominee,
Cede & Co., as the registered holder of the
securities. If less than all of the securities are being
redeemed, DTC will determine the amount of the interest of each
direct participant to be redeemed in accordance with its then
current procedures.
In instances in which a vote is required, neither DTC nor
Cede & Co. will itself consent or vote with respect to
the securities. Under its usual procedures, DTC would mail an
omnibus proxy to the relevant trustee as soon as possible after
the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede &
Co.s consenting or voting rights to those direct
participants to whose accounts such securities are credited on
the record date (identified in a listing attached to the omnibus
proxy).
Distribution payments on the securities will be made by the
relevant trustee to DTC. DTCs usual practice is to credit
direct participants accounts on the relevant payment date
in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTCs
records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not
receive payments on such payment date. Payments by participants
to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions
and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such
participants and not of DTC, the relevant trustee or us, subject
to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect
from time to time. Payment of distributions to DTC is the
responsibility of the relevant trustee, and disbursements of
such payments to the beneficial owners are the responsibility of
direct and indirect participants.
The information in this section concerning DTC and DTCs
book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe
to be accurate, but we assume no responsibility for the accuracy
thereof. We do not have any responsibility for the performance
by DTC or its participants of their respective obligations as
described herein or under the rules and procedures governing
their respective operations.
Considerations
Relating to Euroclear and Clearstream
Euroclear and Clearstream are securities clearance systems in
Europe. Both systems clear and settle securities transactions
between their participants through electronic, book-entry
delivery of securities against payment.
Euroclear and Clearstream may be depositaries for a global
security. In addition, if DTC is the depositary for a global
security, Euroclear and Clearstream may hold interests in the
global security as participants in DTC.
As long as any global security is held by Euroclear or
Clearstream, as depositary, you may hold an interest in the
global security only through an organization that participates,
directly or indirectly, in Euroclear or Clearstream. If
Euroclear or Clearstream is the depositary for a global security
and there is no depositary in
103
the United States, you will not be able to hold interests in
that global security through any securities clearance system in
the United States.
Payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices and other
matters relating to the securities made through Euroclear or
Clearstream must comply with the rules and procedures of those
systems. Those systems could change their rules and procedures
at any time. We have no control over those systems or their
participants and we take no responsibility for their activities.
Transactions between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream,
on one hand, and participants in DTC, on the other hand, when
DTC is the depositary, would also be subject to DTCs rules
and procedures.
Special
Timing Considerations Relating to Transactions in Euroclear and
Clearstream
Investors will be able to make and receive through Euroclear and
Clearstream payments, deliveries, transfers, exchanges, notices
and other transactions involving any securities held through
those systems only on days when those systems are open for
business. Those systems may not be open for business on days
when banks, brokers and other financial institutions are open
for business in the United States.
In addition, because of time-zone differences,
U.S. investors who hold their interests in the securities
through these systems and wish to transfer their interests, or
to receive or make a payment or delivery or exercise any other
right with respect to their interests, on a particular day may
find that the transaction will not be effected until the next
business day in Luxembourg or Brussels, as applicable. Thus,
investors who wish to exercise rights that expire on a
particular day may need to act before the expiration date. In
addition, investors who hold their interests through both DTC
and Euroclear or Clearstream may need to make special
arrangements to finance any purchases or sales of their
interests between the U.S. and European clearing systems,
and those transactions may settle later than would be the case
for transactions within one clearing system.
CONSIDERATIONS
RELATING TO SECURITIES ISSUED IN BEARER FORM
References to us, we or our
in this section means American International Group, Inc.,
and/or AIG
Program Funding, Inc., as applicable, as Issuers. If we issue
securities in bearer, rather than registered, form, those
securities will be subject to special provisions described in
this section. This section primarily describes provisions
relating to debt securities issued in bearer form. Other
provisions may apply to securities of other kinds issued in
bearer form. To the extent the provisions described in this
section are inconsistent with those described elsewhere in this
prospectus, they supersede those described elsewhere with regard
to any bearer securities. Otherwise, the relevant provisions
described elsewhere in this prospectus will apply to bearer
securities.
General
Temporary
and Permanent Bearer Global Securities
If we issue securities in bearer form, and unless otherwise
noted in the applicable pricing supplement, all securities of
the same series and kind will initially be represented by a
temporary bearer global security, which we will deposit with a
common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream. Euroclear and
Clearstream will credit the account of each of their subscribers
with the amount of securities the subscriber purchases. We will
promise to exchange the temporary bearer global security for a
permanent bearer global security, which we will deliver to the
common depositary upon the later of the following two dates:
|
|
|
|
|
the date that is 40 days after the later of (a) the
completion of the distribution of the securities as determined
by the underwriter, dealer or agent and (b) the closing
date for the sale of the securities by us; we may extend this
date as described below under Extensions For
Further Issuances; and
|
|
|
|
the date on which Euroclear and Clearstream provide us or our
agent with the necessary tax certificates described below under
U.S. Tax Certificate Required.
|
104
Unless we say otherwise in the applicable prospectus supplement,
owners of beneficial interests in a permanent bearer global
security will be able to exchange those interests at their
option, in whole but not in part, for:
|
|
|
|
|
non-global securities in bearer form with interest coupons
attached, if applicable; or
|
|
|
|
non-global securities in registered form without coupons
attached.
|
A beneficial owner will be able to make this exchange by giving
us or our designated agent 60 days prior written
notice in accordance with the terms of the securities.
Extensions
For Further Issuances
Without the consent of the trustee, any holders or any other
person, we may issue additional securities identical to a prior
issue from time to time. If we issue additional securities
before the date on which we would otherwise be required to
exchange the temporary bearer global security representing the
prior issue for a permanent bearer global security as described
above, that date will be extended until the 40th day after
the completion of the distribution and the closing, whichever is
later, for the additional securities. Extensions of this kind
may be repeated if we sell additional identical securities. As a
result of these extensions, beneficial interests in the
temporary bearer global security may not be exchanged for
interests in a permanent bearer global security until the
40th day after the additional securities have been
distributed and sold.
U.S. Tax
Certificate Required
We will not pay or deliver interest or other amounts in respect
of any portion of a temporary bearer global security unless and
until Euroclear or Clearstream delivers to us or our agent a tax
certificate with regard to the owners of the beneficial
interests in that portion of the global security or a security
in any other form. Also, we will not exchange any portion of a
temporary bearer global security for a permanent bearer global
security unless and until we receive from Euroclear or
Clearstream a tax certificate with regard to the owners of the
beneficial interests in the portion to be exchanged. In each
case, this tax certificate must state that each of the relevant
owners:
|
|
|
|
|
is not a United States person, as defined below under
Limitations on Issuance of Bearer Debt
Securities;
|
|
|
|
is a foreign branch of a United States financial institution
purchasing for its own account or for resale, or is a United
States person who acquired the security through a financial
institution of this kind and who holds the security through that
financial institution on the date of certification, provided in
either case that the financial institution provides a
certificate to us or the distributor selling the security to it
stating that it agrees to comply with the requirements of
Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code and the U.S. Treasury
Regulations under that Section; or
|
|
|
|
is a financial institution holding for purposes of resale during
the restricted period, as defined in
U.S. Treasury Regulations
Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7).
A financial institution of this kind, whether or not it is also
described in either of the two preceding bullet points, must
certify that it has not acquired the security for purposes of
resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a
person within the United States or its possessions.
|
The tax certificate must be signed by an authorized person
satisfactory to us.
No one who owns an interest in a temporary bearer global
security will receive payment or delivery of any amount or
property in respect of its interest, and will not be permitted
to exchange its interest for an interest in a permanent bearer
global security or a security in any other form, unless we or
our agent have received the required tax certificate on its
behalf.
105
Special requirements and restrictions imposed by United States
federal tax laws and regulations will apply to bearer debt
securities. We describe these below under
Limitations on Issuance of Bearer Debt
Securities.
Legal
Ownership of Bearer Securities
Securities in bearer form are not registered in any name.
Whoever is the bearer of the certificate representing a security
in bearer form is the legal owner of that security. Legal title
and ownership of bearer securities will pass by delivery of the
certificates representing the securities. Thus, when we use the
term holder in this prospectus with regard to bearer
securities, we mean the bearer of those securities.
The common depositary for Euroclear and Clearstream will be the
bearer, and thus the holder and legal owner, of both the
temporary and permanent bearer global securities described
above. Investors in those securities will own beneficial
interests in the securities represented by those global
securities; they will be indirect beneficial owners, not holders
or legal owners, of the securities.
As long as the common depositary is the bearer of any bearer
security in global form, the common depositary will be
considered the sole legal owner and holder of the securities
represented by the bearer security in global form. Ownership of
beneficial interests in any bearer security in global form will
be shown on records maintained by Euroclear or Clearstream, as
applicable, or by the common depositary on their behalf, and by
the direct and indirect participants in their systems, and
ownership interests can be held and transferred only through
those records. We will pay any amounts owing with respect to a
bearer global security only to the common depositary.
Neither we, the trustee nor any of our agents will recognize any
owner of indirect interests as a holder or legal owner. Nor will
we, the trustee or any of our agents have any responsibility for
the ownership records or practices of Euroclear or Clearstream,
the common depositary or any direct or indirect participants in
those systems or for any payments, transfers, deliveries,
notices or other transactions within those systems, all of which
will be subject to the rules and procedures of those systems and
participants. If you own an indirect interest in a bearer global
security, you must look only to the common depositary for
Euroclear or Clearstream, and to their direct and indirect
participants through which you hold your interest, for your
ownership rights. You should read the section above entitled
Legal Ownership And Book-Entry Issuance for more
information about holding interests through Euroclear and
Clearstream.
Payment
and Exchange of Non-Global Bearer Securities
Payments and deliveries owing on non-global bearer securities
will be made, in the case of interest payments, only to the
holder of the relevant coupon after the coupon is surrendered to
the paying agent. In all other cases, payments and deliveries
will be made only to the holder of the certificate representing
the relevant security after the certificate is surrendered to
the paying agent.
Non-global bearer securities, with all unmatured coupons
relating to the securities, if any, may be exchanged for a like
aggregate amount of registered securities of like kind.
Non-global registered securities may be exchanged for a like
aggregate amount of non-global registered securities of like
kind, as described above in the sections on the different types
of securities we may offer. However, we will not issue bearer
securities in exchange for any registered securities.
Replacement certificates and coupons for non-global bearer
securities will not be issued in lieu of any lost, stolen or
destroyed certificates and coupons unless we and our transfer
agent receive evidence of the loss, theft or destruction, and an
indemnity against liabilities, satisfactory to us and our agent.
Upon redemption or any other settlement before the stated
maturity or expiration, as well as upon any exchange, of a
non-global bearer security, the holder will be required to
surrender all unmatured coupons to us or our designated agent.
If any unmatured coupons are not surrendered, we or our agent
may deduct the amount of interest relating to those coupons from
the amount otherwise payable or deliverable or we or our agent
may demand an indemnity against liabilities satisfactory to us
and our agent.
106
We may make payments, deliveries and exchanges in respect of
bearer securities in global form in any manner acceptable to us
and the depositary.
Notices
If we are required to give notice to the holders of bearer
securities, we will do so in the manner prescribed by any
securities exchange on which the bearer securities are listed
or, if the bearer securities are not listed on a securities
exchange, we will give notice in the manner prescribed by the
bearer securities. If the bearer securities do not prescribe the
manner for giving notice, then we will determine, in our sole
judgment, the manner in which we shall give notice.
We may give any required notice with regard to bearer securities
in global form to the common depositary for the securities, in
accordance with its applicable procedures.
Limitations
on Issuance of Bearer Debt Securities
In compliance with United States federal income tax laws and
regulations, bearer debt securities, including bearer debt
securities in global form, will not be offered, sold, resold or
delivered, directly or indirectly, in the United States or its
possessions or to United States persons, as defined below,
except as otherwise permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations
Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D).
Any underwriters, dealers or agents participating in the
offerings of bearer debt securities, directly or indirectly,
must agree that they will not, in connection with the original
issuance of any bearer debt securities or during the restricted
period applicable under the Treasury Regulations cited earlier,
offer, sell, resell or deliver, directly or indirectly, any
bearer debt securities in the United States or its
possessions or to United States persons, other than as permitted
by the applicable Treasury Regulations described above.
In addition, any underwriters, dealers or agents must have
procedures reasonably designed to ensure that their employees or
agents who are directly engaged in selling bearer debt
securities are aware of the above restrictions on the offering,
sale, resale or delivery of bearer debt securities.
We will make payments on bearer debt securities only outside the
United States and its possessions except as permitted by the
applicable Treasury Regulations described above.
Bearer debt securities and any coupons will bear the following
legend:
Any United States person who holds this obligation will be
subject to limitations under the United States income tax laws,
including the limitations provided in sections 165(j) and
1287(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.
The sections referred to in this legend provide that, with
certain limited exceptions, a United States person will not be
permitted to deduct any loss, and will not be eligible for
capital gain treatment with respect to any gain, realized on the
sale, exchange or redemption of that bearer debt security or
coupon.
As used in this subsection, the term bearer debt
securities includes bearer debt securities that are part
of units. As used in this section entitled Considerations
Relating To Securities Issued In Bearer Form, United
States person means a person that is, for
U.S. federal income tax law purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States;
|
|
|
|
a corporation or partnership, including an entity treated as a
corporation or partnership for United States federal income tax
purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States, any State of the United States or the District of
Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to United States
federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision of the administration of the trust and one
or more United States persons have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust.
|
107
United States means the United States of America,
including the States and the District of Columbia, and
possessions of the United States include Puerto
Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa,
Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.
EMPLOYEE
RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT
A fiduciary of a pension, profit-sharing or other employee
benefit plan (a plan) subject to the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
(ERISA), should consider the fiduciary standards of
ERISA in the context of the plans particular circumstances
before authorizing an investment in securities offered
hereunder. Accordingly, among other factors, the fiduciary
should consider whether the investment would satisfy the
prudence and diversification requirements of ERISA and would be
consistent with the documents and instruments governing the plan.
ERISA and the Code prohibit plans, as well as individual
retirement accounts, Keogh plans and other plans subject to
Section 4975 of the Code (also plans), from
engaging in certain transactions involving plan assets with
persons who are parties in interest under ERISA or
disqualified persons under the Code (together,
parties in interest) with respect to the plan. A
violation of these prohibited transaction rules may result in
civil penalties or other liabilities under ERISA
and/or an
excise tax under the Code for those persons, unless exemptive
relief is available under an applicable statutory, regulatory or
administrative exemption. Certain employee benefit plans and
arrangements including governmental plans, certain church plans
and foreign plans (non-ERISA arrangements) are not
subject to the requirements of ERISA or the Code but may be
subject to similar provisions under applicable federal, state,
local, foreign or other laws (similar laws).
AIG and certain of its affiliates may each be considered a party
in interest with respect to many plans. The acquisition of
securities that we may offer by a plan with respect to which we
or an affiliate is or becomes a party in interest may constitute
or result in a prohibited transaction under ERISA or the Code,
unless those securities are acquired pursuant to an applicable
exemption. The U.S. Department of Labor has issued five
prohibited transaction class exemptions, or PTCEs,
that may provide exemptive relief if required for direct or
indirect prohibited transactions that may arise from the
purchase or holding of a security offered hereunder. These
exemptions are
PTCE 84-14
(for certain transactions determined or effected by a qualified
professional asset manager),
90-1 (for
certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate
accounts),
91-38 (for
certain transactions involving bank collective investment
funds),
95-60 (for
transactions involving insurance company general accounts) and
96-23 (for
transactions determined or effected by an in-house asset
manager). In addition, ERISA Section 408(b)(17) and Code
Section 4975(d)(20) provide an exemption for the purchase
and sale of securities, provided that neither the issuer of the
securities nor any of its affiliates have or exercise any
discretionary authority or control or render any investment
advice with respect to the assets of any plan involved in the
transaction, and provided further that the plan pays no more and
receives no less than adequate consideration in
connection with the transaction (the service provider
exemption).
Unless otherwise specified in an applicable prospectus
supplement, any purchaser or holder of any security offered
hereunder or any interest therein will be deemed to have
represented by its purchase and holding of the security that it
either (1) is not a plan and is not purchasing the security
on behalf of or with the assets of a plan or (2) with
respect to the purchase and holding of the security is eligible
for the exemptive relief available under any of the PTCEs listed
above, the service provider exemption or another applicable
exemption. In addition, any purchaser or holder of a security
offered hereunder which is a non-ERISA arrangement will be
deemed to have represented by its purchase or holding of the
security that its purchase and holding will not violate the
provisions of any similar laws.
Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties that may
be imposed upon persons involved in non-exempt prohibited
transactions, it is important that fiduciaries or other persons
considering the purchase of securities offered hereunder on
behalf of or with plan assets of any plan or non-ERISA
arrangement consult with their counsel regarding the
availability of an exemption, or the potential consequences of
any purchase or holding under similar laws, as applicable. If
you are an insurance company or the fiduciary of a pension plan
108
or an employee benefit plan, and propose to invest in securities
offered hereunder, you should consult your legal counsel.
PLAN OF
DISTRIBUTION
Initial
Offering and Sale of Securities
References to us, we or our
in this section means American International Group, Inc.,
and/or AIG
Program Funding, Inc., as applicable, as Issuers.
We may sell securities:
|
|
|
|
|
to or through underwriting syndicates represented by managing
underwriters;
|
|
|
|
through one or more underwriters without a syndicate for them to
offer and sell to the public;
|
|
|
|
through dealers or agents; and
|
|
|
|
to investors directly in negotiated sales or in competitively
bid transactions.
|
Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of any
series of the securities will be named in the prospectus
supplement. AIG Financial Securities Corp., or other
subsidiaries of AIG, may act as an underwriter or agent.
The prospectus supplement for each series of securities will
describe:
|
|
|
|
|
the terms of the offering of these securities, including the
name or names of any agent or agents or the name or names of any
underwriters;
|
|
|
|
the public offering or purchase price;
|
|
|
|
any discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to any
agents or underwriters and all other items constituting
underwriting compensation;
|
|
|
|
any discounts and commissions to be allowed or paid to
dealers; and
|
|
|
|
other specific terms of the particular offering or sale.
|
Only the agents or underwriters named in a prospectus supplement
are agents or underwriters in connection with the securities
being offered by that prospectus supplement.
Underwriters, agents and dealers may be entitled, under
agreements with us, to indemnification against certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933.
Underwriters to whom securities are sold by us for public
offering and sale are obliged to purchase all of those
particular securities if any are purchased. This obligation is
subject to certain conditions and may be modified in the
applicable prospectus supplement.
Any subsidiary of AIG that participates in a particular offering
of securities will comply with the applicable requirements of
Rule 2720 of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. In compliance with guidelines of the NASD, the
maximum commission or discount to be received by any NASD member
or independent broker-dealer may not exceed 8% of the aggregate
principal amount of securities offered pursuant to this
prospectus. We anticipate, however, that the maximum commission
or discount to be received in any particular offering of
securities will be significantly less than this amount.
Underwriters, dealers or agents may engage in transactions with,
or perform services for, us or subsidiaries of AIG in the
ordinary course of business.
MARKET-MAKING
RESALES BY SUBSIDIARIES OF AIG
References to us, we or our
in this section means American International Group, Inc.,
and/or AIG
Program Funding, Inc., as applicable, as Issuers. This
prospectus may be used by subsidiaries of AIG, in
109
connection with offers and sales of the securities in
market-making transactions. In market-making transactions,
subsidiaries of AIG may resell securities they acquire from
other holders, after the original offering and sale of the
securities. Resales of this kind may occur in the open market or
may be privately negotiated, at prevailing market prices at the
time of resale or at related or negotiated prices. In these
transactions, subsidiaries of AIG may act as principal or agent.
Subsidiaries of AIG may receive compensation in the form of
discounts and commissions from both the purchaser and seller.
Subsidiaries of AIG may also engage in transactions of this kind
and may use this prospectus for this purpose.
The aggregate initial offering price specified on the cover of
this prospectus relates to the initial offering of the
securities not yet issued as of the date of this prospectus.
This amount does not include the securities to be sold in
market-making transactions. The latter includes securities to be
issued after the date of this prospectus, as well as securities
previously issued.
We do not expect to receive any proceeds from market-making
transactions. We do not expect that AIG Financial Securities
Corp. or any other subsidiary of AIG that engages in these
transactions will pay any proceeds from market-making resales to
us.
Information about the trade and settlement dates, as well as the
purchase price, for a market-making transaction will be provided
to the purchaser in a separate confirmation of sale.
Unless we or an agent informs you in your confirmation of sale
that your security is being purchased in its original offering
and sale, you may assume that you are purchasing your security
in a market-making transaction.
Matters
Relating to Initial Offering and Market-Making Resales
Each series of securities will be a new issue, and there will be
no established trading market for any security prior to its
original issue date. We may not list a particular series of
securities on a securities exchange or quotation system. Any
underwriters to whom we sell securities for public offering may
make a market in those securities. However, no such underwriter
that makes a market is obligated to do so, and any of them may
stop doing so at any time without notice. No assurance can be
given as to the liquidity or trading market for any of the
securities.
Unless otherwise indicated in your prospectus supplement or
confirmation of sale, the purchase price of the securities will
be required to be paid in immediately available funds in New
York City.
In this prospectus, the term this offering means the
initial offering of the securities made in connection with their
original issuance. This term does not refer to any subsequent
resales of securities in market-making transactions.
VALIDITY
OF THE SECURITIES AND GUARANTEES
Unless otherwise specified in any prospectus supplement, the
validity of the securities will be passed upon for us by
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York, and the
validity of the Guarantees will be passed upon for AIG by
Kathleen E. Shannon, Esq., Senior Vice President, Secretary
and Deputy General Counsel of AIG. Partners of
Sullivan & Cromwell LLP involved in the representation
of AIG beneficially own approximately 11,360 shares of AIG
common stock. Ms. Shannon is regularly employed by AIG,
participates in various AIG employee benefit plans under which
she may receive shares of AIG common stock and currently
beneficially owns less than 1% of the outstanding shares of AIG
common stock.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements, the financial statement
schedules and managements assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting (which is included
in Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting) incorporated in this prospectus by reference to
AIGs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 have been so
incorporated in reliance on the report (which contains an
adverse opinion on the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting) of
110
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts
in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
AIG is required to file annual, quarterly and current reports,
proxy statements and other information with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). These reports, proxy statements and
other information can be inspected and copied at:
SEC Public Reference Room
100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580
Washington, D.C. 20549
Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the public reference room. AIGs
filings are also available to the public through:
|
|
|
|
|
The SEC web site at
http://www.sec.gov
|
|
|
|
The New York Stock Exchange 20 Broad Street New York, New
York 10005
|
AIGs common stock is listed on the NYSE and trades under
the symbol AIG.
AIG and AIGPF have filed with the SEC a registration statement
on
Form S-3
relating to the securities. This prospectus is part of the
registration statement and does not contain all the information
in the registration statement. Whenever a reference is made in
this prospectus to a contract or other document, please be aware
that the reference is not necessarily complete and that you
should refer to the exhibits that are part of the registration
statement for a copy of the contract or other document. You may
review a copy of the registration statement at the SECs
public reference room in Washington, D.C. as well as
through the SECs internet site noted above.
The SEC allows AIG to incorporate by reference
the information AIG files with the SEC, which means that AIG
can disclose important information to you by referring to those
documents, and later information that AIG files with the SEC
will automatically update and supersede that information as well
as the information included in this prospectus. AIG incorporates
by reference the documents below, any filings that AIG makes
after the date of the initial filing of this registration
statement (or post-effective amendment) and prior to the
effectiveness of this registration statement (or post-effective
amendment) and any future filings made with the SEC under
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 until all the securities are sold. This
prospectus is part of a registration statement AIG filed with
the SEC.
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for the quarterly period ended March 31,2007.
|
|
|
|
Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
filed on January 19, 2007, March 1, 2007 (containing
items 8.01 and 9.01), March 13, 2007, March 16,
2007, May 22, 2007 and June 7, 2007.
|
|
|
|
Proxy Statement, dated April 6, 2007.
|
|
|
|
The description of common stock in the registration statement on
Form 8-A,
dated September 20, 1984, filed pursuant to Section 12(b)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
|
AIG will provide without charge to each person, including any
beneficial owner, to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon his
or her written or oral request, a copy of any or all of the
reports or documents referred to above that have been
incorporated by reference into this prospectus excluding
exhibits to those documents unless they are specifically
incorporated by reference into those documents. You can request
those documents from AIGs Director of Investor Relations,
70 Pine Street, New York, New York 10270, telephone
212-770-6293,
or you may obtain them from AIGs corporate website at
www.aigcorporate.com. Except for the documents
specifically incorporated by reference into this prospectus,
information contained on AIGs website or that can be
accessed through its website does not constitute a part of this
prospectus. AIG has included its website address only as an
inactive textual reference and does not intend it to be an
active link to its website.
111
CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT REGARDING PROJECTIONS
AND OTHER INFORMATION ABOUT FUTURE EVENTS
This prospectus and the documents incorporated herein by
reference, as well as other publicly available documents, may
include, and AIGs officers and representatives may from
time to time make, projections concerning financial information
and statements concerning future economic performance and
events, plans and objectives relating to management, operations,
products and services, and assumptions underlying these
projections and statements. These projections and statements are
not historical facts but instead represent only AIGs
belief regarding future events, many of which, by their nature,
are inherently uncertain and outside AIGs control. These
projections and statements may address, among other things, the
status and potential future outcome of the current regulatory
and civil proceedings against AIG and their potential effect on
AIGs businesses, financial position, results of
operations, cash flows and liquidity, the effect of credit
rating changes on AIGs businesses and competitive
position, the unwinding and resolving of various relationships
between AIG and Starr International Company, Inc. and AIGs
strategy for growth, product development, market position,
financial results and reserves. It is possible that AIGs
actual results and financial condition may differ, possibly
materially, from the anticipated results and financial condition
indicated in these projections and statements. Factors that
could cause AIGs actual results to differ, possibly
materially, from those in the specific projections and
statements are discussed throughout Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in
Item 7, Part II, of AIGs Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and Risk
Factors in Item 1A, Part I of AIGs Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006. AIG is not
under any obligation (and expressly disclaims any such
obligations) to update or alter any projection or other
statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time
to time, whether as a result of new information, future events
or otherwise.
112
American
International Group, Inc.
Shares
of Common Stock
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
May ,
2008
Citi
JPMorgan
Credit Suisse
Deutsche Bank
Securities
Lehman Brothers
Merrill Lynch &
Co.
Wachovia Securities